*** empty log message ***
[bpt/emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
190
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef macintosh
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
200
201 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
202 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
203
204 #define INFINITY 10000000
205
206 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
207 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
208 extern int pending_menu_activation;
209 #endif
210
211 extern int interrupt_input;
212 extern int command_loop_level;
213
214 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
215
216 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
217
218 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
219 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
220 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
221
222 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
223 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
224 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
226 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata;
227 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
228 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
229
230 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
231
232 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
233 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
234
235 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
236 over them. */
237
238 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
239
240 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
241
242 Lisp_Object Vtool_bar_button_margin;
243
244 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
245
246 int tool_bar_button_relief;
247
248 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
249 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
250
251 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
252
253 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
254
255 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
256
257 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
258
259 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
260 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
261
262 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
263
264 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
265 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
266 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
267 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
268
269 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
270
271 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
272
273 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
274
275 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
276
277 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
278 images in Lisp. */
279
280 Lisp_Object Qimage;
281
282 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
283 message. */
284
285 int noninteractive_need_newline;
286
287 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
288
289 static int message_log_need_newline;
290
291 \f
292 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
293 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
294 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
295 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
296
297 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
298
299 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
300 terminating newline. */
301
302 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
303
304 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
305
306 static int this_line_vpos;
307 static int this_line_y;
308 static int this_line_pixel_height;
309
310 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
311 negative if first character is partially visible. */
312
313 static int this_line_start_x;
314
315 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
316
317 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
318
319 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
320 frame. */
321
322 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
323
324 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
325
326 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
327
328 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
329 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
330 frame-title-format. */
331
332 int multiple_frames;
333
334 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
335
336 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
337
338 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
339
340 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
341
342 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
343
344 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
345 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
346 numerical position. */
347
348 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
349
350 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
351
352 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
353
354 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
355
356 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
357
358 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
359 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
360 have changed. */
361
362 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
363
364 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
365
366 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
367
368 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
369
370 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
371
372 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
373
374 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
375 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
376
377 static int scroll_step;
378
379 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
380 screen, when appropriate. */
381
382 static int scroll_conservatively;
383
384 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
385 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
386 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
387 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
388
389 int scroll_margin;
390
391 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
392 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
393 this. */
394
395 int buffer_shared;
396
397 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
398
399 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
400
401 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
402 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
403 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
404
405 This variable is deprecated. */
406
407 int mode_line_inverse_video;
408
409 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
410
411 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
412
413 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
414 of the line that contains the prompt. */
415
416 int minibuf_prompt_width;
417 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
418
419 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
420 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
421 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
422
423 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
424
425 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
426 pushes the current message and the value of
427 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
428 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
429
430 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
431
432 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
433 message was specified. */
434
435 int message_enable_multibyte;
436
437 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
438
439 int update_mode_lines;
440
441 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
442 redisplay that finished */
443
444 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
445
446 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
447 line number. */
448
449 int line_number_displayed;
450
451 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
452
453 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
454
455 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
456
457 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
458
459 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
460 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
461
462 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
463
464 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
465
466 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
467
468 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
469 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
470
471 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
472
473 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
474
475 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
476
477 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
478
479 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
480
481 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
482 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
483
484 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
485
486 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
487 message. */
488
489 int message_buf_print;
490
491 /* The symbol `inhibit-menubar-update' and its DEFVAR_BOOL variable. */
492
493 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_menubar_update;
494 int inhibit_menubar_update;
495
496 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
497 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
498 specifying a number of lines. */
499
500 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
501
502 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
503 lines instead of being continued. */
504
505 int message_truncate_lines;
506 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
507
508 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
509 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
510
511 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
512
513 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
514 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
515
516 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
517 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
518 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
519
520 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
521
522 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
523
524 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
525
526 int help_echo_showing_p;
527
528 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
529 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
530 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
531
532 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
533
534 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
535 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
536 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
537 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
538 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
539
540 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
541
542 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
543
544 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
545 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
546
547 int trace_redisplay_p;
548
549 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
550
551 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
552 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
553 int trace_move;
554
555 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
556 #else
557 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
558 #endif
559
560 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
561 point visible. */
562
563 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
564
565 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
566
567 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
568
569 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
570 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
571 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
572 become empty. */
573
574 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
575
576 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
577
578 enum prop_handled
579 {
580 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
581 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
582 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
583 HANDLED_RETURN
584 };
585
586 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
587 in. */
588
589 struct props
590 {
591 /* The name of the property. */
592 Lisp_Object *name;
593
594 /* A unique index for the property. */
595 enum prop_idx idx;
596
597 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
598 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
599 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
600 };
601
602 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
603 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
604 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
605 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
606 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
607 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
608
609 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
610
611 static struct props it_props[] =
612 {
613 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
614 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
615 `display' need to know the face. */
616 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
617 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
618 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
619 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
620 {NULL, 0, NULL}
621 };
622
623 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
624 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
625
626 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
627
628 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
629
630 enum move_it_result
631 {
632 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
633 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
634
635 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
636 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
637
638 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
639 MOVE_X_REACHED,
640
641 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
642 continued. */
643 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
644
645 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
646 be displayed truncated. */
647 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
648
649 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
650 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
651 };
652
653
654 \f
655 /* Function prototypes. */
656
657 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
658 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
659 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
660 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
661 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
662 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
663 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
664 struct text_pos));
665 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
666 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
667 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
668 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
669 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
670 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
671 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
672 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
673 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
674 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
675 struct glyph_row *,
676 struct glyph_row *));
677 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
678 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
679 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
680 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
681 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
682 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
683 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
684 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
685 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
686 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
687 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
688 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
689 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
690 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
691 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
692 struct text_pos));
693 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
694 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
695 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
696 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
697 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
698 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
699 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
700 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
701 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
702 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
703 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
704 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
705 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
706 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
707 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
708 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
709 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
710 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
711 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
712 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
713 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
714 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
715 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
716 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
717 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
718 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
719 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
720 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
721 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
722 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
723 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
724 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
725 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
726 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
727 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
728 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
729 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
730 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
731 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
732 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
733 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
734 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
735 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
736 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
737 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
738 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
739 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
740 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
741 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
742 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
743 struct display_pos *));
744 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
745 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
746 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
747 int, int, int));
748 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
749 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
750 struct glyph_row *));
751 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
752 struct glyph_row *));
753 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
754 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
755 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
756 Lisp_Object, int));
757 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
758 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
759 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
760 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
761 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
762 Lisp_Object));
763 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
764 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
765 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
766 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *,
767 int));
768 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
769
770 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
771 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
772
773 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
774
775 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
776 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
777 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
778 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
779
780 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
781
782 \f
783 /***********************************************************************
784 Window display dimensions
785 ***********************************************************************/
786
787 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
788 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
789 mode line, if any. */
790
791 INLINE int
792 window_text_bottom_y (w)
793 struct window *w;
794 {
795 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
796 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
797
798 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
799 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
800 return height;
801 }
802
803
804 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
805 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
806 the left and right of the window. */
807
808 INLINE int
809 window_box_width (w, area)
810 struct window *w;
811 int area;
812 {
813 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
814 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
815
816 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
817 {
818 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
819
820 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
821 {
822 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
823 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
824 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
825 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
826 }
827 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
828 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
829 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
830 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
831 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
832 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
833 }
834
835 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
836 }
837
838
839 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
840 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
841
842 INLINE int
843 window_box_height (w)
844 struct window *w;
845 {
846 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
847 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
848
849 xassert (height >= 0);
850
851 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
852 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
853 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
854 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
855 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
856
857 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
858 {
859 struct glyph_row *ml_row
860 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
861 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
862 : 0);
863 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
864 height -= ml_row->height;
865 else
866 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
867 }
868
869 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
870 {
871 struct glyph_row *hl_row
872 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
873 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
874 : 0);
875 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
876 height -= hl_row->height;
877 else
878 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
879 }
880
881 return height;
882 }
883
884
885 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
886 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
887 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
888 W. */
889
890 INLINE int
891 window_box_left (w, area)
892 struct window *w;
893 int area;
894 {
895 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
896 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
897
898 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
899 {
900 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
901 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
902
903 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
904 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
905 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
906 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
907 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
908 }
909
910 return x;
911 }
912
913
914 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
915 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
916 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
917 W. */
918
919 INLINE int
920 window_box_right (w, area)
921 struct window *w;
922 int area;
923 {
924 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
925 }
926
927
928 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
929 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
930 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
931 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
932 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
933 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
934
935 INLINE void
936 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
937 struct window *w;
938 int area;
939 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
940 {
941 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
942
943 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
944 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
945 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
946 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
947 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
948 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
949 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
950 }
951
952
953 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
954 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
955 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
956 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
957 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
958 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
959 box. */
960
961 INLINE void
962 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
963 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
964 struct window *w;
965 int area;
966 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
967 {
968 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
969 bottom_right_y);
970 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
971 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
972 }
973
974
975 \f
976 /***********************************************************************
977 Utilities
978 ***********************************************************************/
979
980 /* Return the bottom y-position of the line the iterator IT is in.
981 This can modify IT's settings. */
982
983 int
984 line_bottom_y (it)
985 struct it *it;
986 {
987 int line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
988 int line_top_y = it->current_y;
989
990 if (line_height == 0)
991 {
992 if (last_height)
993 line_height = last_height;
994 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
995 {
996 move_it_by_lines (it, 1, 1);
997 line_height = (it->max_ascent || it->max_descent
998 ? it->max_ascent + it->max_descent
999 : last_height);
1000 }
1001 else
1002 {
1003 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
1004
1005 /* Use the default character height. */
1006 it->glyph_row = NULL;
1007 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
1008 it->c = ' ';
1009 it->len = 1;
1010 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
1011 line_height = it->ascent + it->descent;
1012 it->glyph_row = row;
1013 }
1014 }
1015
1016 return line_top_y + line_height;
1017 }
1018
1019
1020 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
1021 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
1022 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
1023 and header-lines heights. */
1024
1025 int
1026 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1027 struct window *w;
1028 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
1029 {
1030 struct it it;
1031 struct text_pos top;
1032 int visible_p;
1033 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
1034
1035 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
1036 {
1037 old_buffer = current_buffer;
1038 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
1039 }
1040
1041 *fully = visible_p = 0;
1042 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
1043
1044 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
1045 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1046 {
1047 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1048 current_mode_line_height
1049 = display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1050 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1051
1052 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1053 current_header_line_height
1054 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1055 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1056 }
1057
1058 start_display (&it, w, top);
1059 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1060 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1061
1062 /* Note that we may overshoot because of invisible text. */
1063 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= charpos)
1064 {
1065 int top_y = it.current_y;
1066 int bottom_y = line_bottom_y (&it);
1067 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1068
1069 if (top_y < window_top_y)
1070 visible_p = bottom_y > window_top_y;
1071 else if (top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1072 {
1073 visible_p = 1;
1074 *fully = bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1075 }
1076 }
1077 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1078 {
1079 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1080 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1081 {
1082 visible_p = 1;
1083 *fully = 0;
1084 }
1085 }
1086
1087 if (old_buffer)
1088 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1089
1090 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1091 return visible_p;
1092 }
1093
1094
1095 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1096 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1097 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1098 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1099 character. */
1100
1101 static INLINE int
1102 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1103 unsigned char *str;
1104 int maxlen, *len;
1105 {
1106 int c;
1107
1108 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1109 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1110 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1111 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1112 characters. */
1113 c = '?';
1114
1115 return c;
1116 }
1117
1118
1119
1120 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1121 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1122
1123 static struct text_pos
1124 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1125 struct text_pos pos;
1126 Lisp_Object string;
1127 int nchars;
1128 {
1129 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1130
1131 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1132 {
1133 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1134 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1135 int len;
1136
1137 while (nchars--)
1138 {
1139 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1140 p += len, rest -= len;
1141 xassert (rest >= 0);
1142 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1143 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1144 }
1145 }
1146 else
1147 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1148
1149 return pos;
1150 }
1151
1152
1153 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1154 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1155
1156 static INLINE struct text_pos
1157 string_pos (charpos, string)
1158 int charpos;
1159 Lisp_Object string;
1160 {
1161 struct text_pos pos;
1162 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1163 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1164 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1165 return pos;
1166 }
1167
1168
1169 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1170 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1171 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1172
1173 static struct text_pos
1174 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1175 int charpos;
1176 unsigned char *s;
1177 int multibyte_p;
1178 {
1179 struct text_pos pos;
1180
1181 xassert (s != NULL);
1182 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1183
1184 if (multibyte_p)
1185 {
1186 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1187
1188 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1189 while (charpos--)
1190 {
1191 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1192 s += len, rest -= len;
1193 xassert (rest >= 0);
1194 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1195 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1196 }
1197 }
1198 else
1199 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1200
1201 return pos;
1202 }
1203
1204
1205 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1206 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1207
1208 static int
1209 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1210 unsigned char *s;
1211 int multibyte_p;
1212 {
1213 int nchars;
1214
1215 if (multibyte_p)
1216 {
1217 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1218 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1219
1220 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1221 {
1222 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1223 rest -= len, p += len;
1224 }
1225 }
1226 else
1227 nchars = strlen (s);
1228
1229 return nchars;
1230 }
1231
1232
1233 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1234 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1235 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1236
1237 static void
1238 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1239 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1240 Lisp_Object string;
1241 {
1242 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1243 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1244
1245 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1246 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1247 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1248 else
1249 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1250 }
1251
1252
1253 \f
1254 /***********************************************************************
1255 Lisp form evaluation
1256 ***********************************************************************/
1257
1258 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1259
1260 static Lisp_Object
1261 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1262 Lisp_Object arg;
1263 {
1264 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1265 return Qnil;
1266 }
1267
1268
1269 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1270 wrong. */
1271
1272 Lisp_Object
1273 safe_eval (sexpr)
1274 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1275 {
1276 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1277 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1278 Lisp_Object val;
1279
1280 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1281 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1282 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, safe_eval_handler);
1283 UNGCPRO;
1284 return unbind_to (count, val);
1285 }
1286
1287
1288 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1289 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1290
1291 Lisp_Object
1292 safe_call (nargs, args)
1293 int nargs;
1294 Lisp_Object *args;
1295 {
1296 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1297 Lisp_Object val;
1298 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1299
1300 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1301 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1302 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1303 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qerror,
1304 safe_eval_handler);
1305 UNGCPRO;
1306 return unbind_to (count, val);
1307 }
1308
1309
1310 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1311 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1312
1313 Lisp_Object
1314 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1315 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1316 {
1317 Lisp_Object args[2];
1318 args[0] = fn;
1319 args[1] = arg;
1320 return safe_call (2, args);
1321 }
1322
1323
1324 \f
1325 /***********************************************************************
1326 Debugging
1327 ***********************************************************************/
1328
1329 #if 0
1330
1331 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1332 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1333
1334 static void
1335 check_it (it)
1336 struct it *it;
1337 {
1338 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1339 {
1340 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1341 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1342 }
1343 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1344 {
1345 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1346 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1347 }
1348
1349 if (it->dpvec)
1350 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1351 else
1352 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1353 }
1354
1355 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1356
1357 #else /* not 0 */
1358
1359 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1360
1361 #endif /* not 0 */
1362
1363
1364 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1365
1366 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1367 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1368
1369 static void
1370 check_window_end (w)
1371 struct window *w;
1372 {
1373 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1374 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1375 {
1376 struct glyph_row *row;
1377 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1378 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1379 !row->enabled_p
1380 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1381 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1382 }
1383 }
1384
1385 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1386
1387 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1388
1389 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1390
1391 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1392
1393
1394 \f
1395 /***********************************************************************
1396 Iterator initialization
1397 ***********************************************************************/
1398
1399 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1400 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1401 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1402 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1403 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1404
1405 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1406 will produce glyphs in that row.
1407
1408 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1409 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1410 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1411 displaying the tool-bar.
1412
1413 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1414 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1415 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1416
1417 void
1418 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1419 struct it *it;
1420 struct window *w;
1421 int charpos, bytepos;
1422 struct glyph_row *row;
1423 enum face_id base_face_id;
1424 {
1425 int highlight_region_p;
1426
1427 /* Some precondition checks. */
1428 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1429 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1430
1431 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1432 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1433 that might have changed. */
1434 if (face_change_count)
1435 {
1436 face_change_count = 0;
1437 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1438 }
1439
1440 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1441 appropriate. */
1442 if (row == NULL)
1443 {
1444 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1445 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1446 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1447 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1448 }
1449
1450 /* Clear IT. */
1451 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1452 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1453 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1454 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1455
1456 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1457 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1458 it->w = w;
1459 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1460
1461 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1462 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1463 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1464 {
1465 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1466 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1467 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1468 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1469 }
1470
1471 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1472 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1473 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1474 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1475 if (
1476 #ifndef WINDOWSNT
1477 noninteractive &&
1478 #endif
1479 FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1480 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1481 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1482 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1483
1484 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1485 it->space_width = Qnil;
1486 it->font_height = Qnil;
1487
1488 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1489 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1490
1491 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1492 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1493 invisible. */
1494 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1495 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1496 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1497 ? -1 : 0));
1498 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1499 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1500
1501 /* Display table to use. */
1502 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1503
1504 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1505 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1506
1507 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1508 highlight_region_p
1509 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1510 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1511 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1512
1513 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1514 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1515 -1 to indicate no region. */
1516 if (highlight_region_p
1517 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1518 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1519 highlight_nonselected_windows
1520 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1521 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1522 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1523 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1524 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1525 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1526 {
1527 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1528 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1529 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1530 }
1531 else
1532 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1533
1534 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1535 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1536 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1537 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1538 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1539 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1540 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1541 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1542
1543 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1544 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1545 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1546 it->tab_width = 8;
1547
1548 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1549 it->truncate_lines_p
1550 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1551 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1552 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1553 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1554 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1555
1556 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1557 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1558 frames. */
1559 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1560 {
1561 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1562 {
1563 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1564 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1565 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1566 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1567 }
1568 else
1569 {
1570 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1571 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1572 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1573 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1574 }
1575
1576 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1577 above has changed them. */
1578 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1579 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1580 }
1581
1582 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1583 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1584 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1585 it->glyph_row = row;
1586 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1587
1588 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1589 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1590 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1591 start of this total display area. */
1592 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1593 {
1594 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1595 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1596 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1597 }
1598 else
1599 {
1600 it->first_visible_x
1601 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1602 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1603 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1604
1605 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1606 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1607 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1608 for window-based redisplay. */
1609 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1610 {
1611 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1612 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1613 else
1614 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1615 }
1616
1617 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1618 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1619 }
1620
1621 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1622 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1623 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1624 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1625
1626 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1627
1628 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1629 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1630 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1631 {
1632 struct face *face;
1633
1634 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1635
1636 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1637 with a left box line. */
1638 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1639 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1640 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1641 }
1642
1643 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1644 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1645 if (charpos > 0)
1646 {
1647 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1648 it->face_id = -1;
1649 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1650
1651 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1652 if (bytepos <= 0)
1653 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1654 else
1655 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1656
1657 /* Compute faces etc. */
1658 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1659 }
1660
1661 CHECK_IT (it);
1662 }
1663
1664
1665 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1666
1667 void
1668 start_display (it, w, pos)
1669 struct it *it;
1670 struct window *w;
1671 struct text_pos pos;
1672 {
1673 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1674 struct glyph_row *row;
1675 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1676 int first_y;
1677
1678 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1679 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1680 first_y = it->current_y;
1681
1682 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1683 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1684 account. */
1685 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1686 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1687 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1688 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1689
1690 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1691 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1692 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1693 {
1694 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1695
1696 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1697 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1698 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1699 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1700 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1701 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1702 {
1703 if (it->current_x > 0)
1704 {
1705 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1706 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1707 {
1708 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1709 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1710 }
1711
1712 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1713 }
1714
1715 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1716 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1717 fields in the iterator structure. */
1718 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1719 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1720 }
1721
1722 it->current_y = first_y;
1723 it->vpos = 0;
1724 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1725 }
1726
1727 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1728 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1729 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1730
1731 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1732 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1733 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1734 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1735 #endif /* 0 */
1736 }
1737
1738
1739 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1740 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1741 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1742
1743 static void
1744 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1745 struct it *it;
1746 struct window *w;
1747 struct display_pos *pos;
1748 {
1749 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1750 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1751 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1752 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1753 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1754 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1755 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1756 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1757 after-string. */
1758 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1759 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1760
1761 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1762 the right overlay string. */
1763 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1764 {
1765 int relative_index;
1766
1767 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1768 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1769 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1770 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1771 {
1772 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1773 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1774 while (n--)
1775 {
1776 load_overlay_strings (it);
1777 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1778 }
1779 }
1780
1781 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1782 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1783 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1784 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1785 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1786 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1787 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1788 }
1789 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1790 {
1791 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1792 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1793 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1794 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1795 while (it->sp)
1796 pop_it (it);
1797 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1798 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1799 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1800 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1801 }
1802
1803 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1804 {
1805 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1806 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1807 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1808 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1809 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1810 }
1811
1812 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1813 character translations. */
1814 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1815 {
1816 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1817 get_next_display_element (it);
1818 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1819 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1820 }
1821
1822 CHECK_IT (it);
1823 }
1824
1825
1826 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1827 starting at ROW->start. */
1828
1829 static void
1830 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1831 struct it *it;
1832 struct window *w;
1833 struct glyph_row *row;
1834 {
1835 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1836 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1837 CHECK_IT (it);
1838 }
1839
1840
1841 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1842 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1843
1844 static void
1845 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1846 struct it *it;
1847 struct window *w;
1848 struct glyph_row *row;
1849 {
1850 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1851
1852 if (row->continued_p)
1853 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1854 + row->pixel_width);
1855 CHECK_IT (it);
1856 }
1857
1858
1859
1860 \f
1861 /***********************************************************************
1862 Text properties
1863 ***********************************************************************/
1864
1865 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1866 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1867 to stop. */
1868
1869 static void
1870 handle_stop (it)
1871 struct it *it;
1872 {
1873 enum prop_handled handled;
1874 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1875 struct props *p;
1876
1877 it->dpvec = NULL;
1878 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1879
1880 do
1881 {
1882 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1883
1884 /* Call text property handlers. */
1885 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1886 {
1887 handled = p->handler (it);
1888
1889 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1890 break;
1891 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1892 return;
1893 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1894 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1895 }
1896
1897 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1898 {
1899 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1900 characters from a display vector. */
1901 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1902 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1903
1904 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1905 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1906 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1907
1908 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1909 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1910 compute_stop_pos (it);
1911 }
1912 }
1913 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1914 }
1915
1916
1917 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1918 information for IT's current position. */
1919
1920 static void
1921 compute_stop_pos (it)
1922 struct it *it;
1923 {
1924 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1925 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1926
1927 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1928 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1929
1930 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1931 {
1932 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1933 properties. */
1934 object = it->string;
1935 limit = Qnil;
1936 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1937 }
1938 else
1939 {
1940 int charpos;
1941
1942 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1943 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1944 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1945 follows. */
1946 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1947 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1948 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1949
1950 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1951 start or end because the face might change there. */
1952 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1953 {
1954 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1955 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1956 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1957 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1958 }
1959
1960 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1961 property changes. */
1962 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1963 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1964 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1965
1966 }
1967
1968 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1969 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1970 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1971 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1972 {
1973 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1974 struct props *p;
1975
1976 /* Get properties here. */
1977 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1978 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1979
1980 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1981 properties. */
1982 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1983 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1984 && (NILP (limit)
1985 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1986 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1987 {
1988 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1989 {
1990 Lisp_Object new_value;
1991
1992 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1993 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1994 break;
1995 }
1996
1997 if (p->handler)
1998 break;
1999 }
2000
2001 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
2002 {
2003 if (INTEGERP (limit)
2004 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
2005 /* No text property change up to limit. */
2006 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
2007 else
2008 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
2009 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
2010 }
2011 }
2012
2013 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
2014 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
2015 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
2016 }
2017
2018
2019 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
2020 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
2021 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
2022 xmalloc. */
2023
2024 static int
2025 next_overlay_change (pos)
2026 int pos;
2027 {
2028 int noverlays;
2029 int endpos;
2030 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2031 int len;
2032 int i;
2033
2034 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2035 len = 10;
2036 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2037 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2038 if (noverlays > len)
2039 {
2040 len = noverlays;
2041 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2042 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2043 }
2044
2045 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2046 use its ending point instead. */
2047 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2048 {
2049 Lisp_Object oend;
2050 int oendpos;
2051
2052 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2053 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2054 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2055 }
2056
2057 return endpos;
2058 }
2059
2060
2061 \f
2062 /***********************************************************************
2063 Fontification
2064 ***********************************************************************/
2065
2066 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2067 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2068 regions of text. */
2069
2070 static enum prop_handled
2071 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2072 struct it *it;
2073 {
2074 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2075 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2076
2077 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2078 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2079 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2080 Qfontification_functions. */
2081 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2082 && it->s == NULL
2083 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2084 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2085 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2086 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2087 NILP (prop)))
2088 {
2089 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2090 Lisp_Object val;
2091
2092 val = Vfontification_functions;
2093 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2094 specbind (Qafter_change_functions, Qnil);
2095
2096 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2097 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2098 else
2099 {
2100 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2101 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2102
2103 globals = Qnil;
2104 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2105
2106 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2107 {
2108 fn = XCAR (val);
2109
2110 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2111 {
2112 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2113 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2114 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2115 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2116 loop. */
2117 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2118 CONSP (globals);
2119 globals = XCDR (globals))
2120 {
2121 fn = XCAR (globals);
2122 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2123 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2124 }
2125 }
2126 else
2127 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2128 }
2129
2130 UNGCPRO;
2131 }
2132
2133 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2134
2135 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2136 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2137 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2138 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2139 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2140 }
2141
2142 return handled;
2143 }
2144
2145
2146 \f
2147 /***********************************************************************
2148 Faces
2149 ***********************************************************************/
2150
2151 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2152 Called from handle_stop. */
2153
2154 static enum prop_handled
2155 handle_face_prop (it)
2156 struct it *it;
2157 {
2158 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2159
2160 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2161 {
2162 new_face_id
2163 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2164 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2165 it->region_beg_charpos,
2166 it->region_end_charpos,
2167 &next_stop,
2168 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2169 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2170 0);
2171
2172 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2173 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2174 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
2175 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2176 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2177 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2178 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2179 {
2180 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2181
2182 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2183 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2184 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2185 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2186 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2187 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2188 it->start_of_box_run_p
2189 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2190 && (it->face_id >= 0
2191 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2192 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2193 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2194 }
2195 }
2196 else
2197 {
2198 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2199
2200 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2201 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2202 else
2203 bufpos = 0;
2204
2205 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2206 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2207 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2208 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2209 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2210 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2211
2212 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2213 it->string,
2214 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2215 bufpos,
2216 it->region_beg_charpos,
2217 it->region_end_charpos,
2218 &next_stop,
2219 base_face_id);
2220
2221 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2222 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2223 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2224 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2225 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2226 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
2227 #endif
2228
2229 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2230 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2231 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2232 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2233 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2234 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2235 is really the end. */
2236 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2237 {
2238 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2239 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2240
2241 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2242 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2243 shadow on the left side. */
2244 it->start_of_box_run_p
2245 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2246 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2247 }
2248 }
2249
2250 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2251 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2252 }
2253
2254
2255 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2256 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2257 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2258 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2259
2260 static int
2261 underlying_face_id (it)
2262 struct it *it;
2263 {
2264 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2265
2266 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2267
2268 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2269 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2270 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2271
2272 return face_id;
2273 }
2274
2275
2276 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2277 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2278 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2279
2280 static int
2281 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2282 struct it *it;
2283 int before_p;
2284 {
2285 int face_id, limit;
2286 int next_check_charpos;
2287 struct text_pos pos;
2288
2289 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2290
2291 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2292 {
2293 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2294
2295 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2296 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2297 string start. */
2298 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
2299 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2300 return it->face_id;
2301
2302 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2303 if (before_p)
2304 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2305 else
2306 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2307 composition. */
2308 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2309 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2310 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2311
2312 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2313 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2314 else
2315 bufpos = 0;
2316
2317 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2318
2319 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2320 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2321 it->string,
2322 CHARPOS (pos),
2323 bufpos,
2324 it->region_beg_charpos,
2325 it->region_end_charpos,
2326 &next_check_charpos,
2327 base_face_id);
2328
2329 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2330 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2331 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2332 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2333 {
2334 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
2335 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2336 int c, len;
2337 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2338
2339 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2340 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2341 }
2342 }
2343 else
2344 {
2345 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2346 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2347 return it->face_id;
2348
2349 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2350 pos = it->current.pos;
2351
2352 if (before_p)
2353 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2354 else
2355 {
2356 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2357 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2358 composition. */
2359 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2360 else
2361 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2362 }
2363
2364 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2365 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2366 CHARPOS (pos),
2367 it->region_beg_charpos,
2368 it->region_end_charpos,
2369 &next_check_charpos,
2370 limit, 0);
2371
2372 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2373 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2374 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2375 if (it->multibyte_p)
2376 {
2377 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2378 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2379 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2380 }
2381 }
2382
2383 return face_id;
2384 }
2385
2386
2387 \f
2388 /***********************************************************************
2389 Invisible text
2390 ***********************************************************************/
2391
2392 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2393 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2394
2395 static enum prop_handled
2396 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2397 struct it *it;
2398 {
2399 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2400
2401 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2402 {
2403 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2404 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2405
2406 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2407 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2408 property. */
2409 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2410 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2411
2412 if (!NILP (prop)
2413 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2414 {
2415 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2416
2417 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2418 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2419 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2420 all the rest of IT->string. */
2421 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2422 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2423 it->string, limit);
2424
2425 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2426 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2427 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2428 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2429 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2430 {
2431 struct text_pos old;
2432 old = it->current.string_pos;
2433 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2434 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2435 }
2436 else
2437 {
2438 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2439 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2440 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2441 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2442 {
2443 next_overlay_string (it);
2444 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2445 finished processing them. */
2446 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2447 }
2448 else
2449 {
2450 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2451 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2452 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2453 }
2454 }
2455 }
2456 }
2457 else
2458 {
2459 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2460 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2461
2462 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2463 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2464 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2465
2466 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2467 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)
2468 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2469 {
2470 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2471 invisible text. */
2472 int display_ellipsis_p
2473 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2474
2475 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2476
2477 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2478 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2479 do
2480 {
2481 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2482 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2483 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2484 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2485 invisible property. */
2486 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2487 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2488
2489 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2490 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2491 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2492 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2493 visible_p = 1;
2494 else
2495 {
2496 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2497 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2498 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2499 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2500 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2501 newpos is visible. */
2502 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2503 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2504 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2505 }
2506
2507 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2508 skip starting with next_stop. */
2509 if (!visible_p)
2510 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2511 }
2512 while (!visible_p);
2513
2514 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2515 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2516 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2517
2518 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2519 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2520 {
2521 if (it->dp
2522 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2523 {
2524 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2525 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2526 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2527 }
2528 else
2529 {
2530 /* Default `...'. */
2531 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2532 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2533 }
2534
2535 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2536 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2537 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2538 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2539
2540 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2541 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2542 }
2543 }
2544 }
2545
2546 return handled;
2547 }
2548
2549
2550 \f
2551 /***********************************************************************
2552 'display' property
2553 ***********************************************************************/
2554
2555 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2556 Called from handle_stop. */
2557
2558 static enum prop_handled
2559 handle_display_prop (it)
2560 struct it *it;
2561 {
2562 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2563 struct text_pos *position;
2564 int display_replaced_p = 0;
2565
2566 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2567 {
2568 object = it->string;
2569 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2570 }
2571 else
2572 {
2573 object = Qnil;
2574 position = &it->current.pos;
2575 }
2576
2577 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2578 it->font_height = Qnil;
2579 it->space_width = Qnil;
2580 it->voffset = 0;
2581
2582 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2583 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2584 `display' property etc. */
2585 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2586 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2587
2588 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2589 Qdisplay, object);
2590 if (NILP (prop))
2591 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2592
2593 if (CONSP (prop)
2594 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2595 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2596 {
2597 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2598 for (; CONSP (prop); prop = XCDR (prop))
2599 {
2600 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object,
2601 position, display_replaced_p))
2602 display_replaced_p = 1;
2603 }
2604 }
2605 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2606 {
2607 int i;
2608 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
2609 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, AREF (prop, i), object,
2610 position, display_replaced_p))
2611 display_replaced_p = 1;
2612 }
2613 else
2614 {
2615 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position, 0))
2616 display_replaced_p = 1;
2617 }
2618
2619 return display_replaced_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2620 }
2621
2622
2623 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2624 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2625
2626 static struct text_pos
2627 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2628 struct it *it;
2629 Lisp_Object object;
2630 struct text_pos start_pos;
2631 {
2632 Lisp_Object end;
2633 struct text_pos end_pos;
2634
2635 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2636 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2637 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2638 if (STRINGP (object))
2639 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2640 else
2641 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2642
2643 return end_pos;
2644 }
2645
2646
2647 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2648 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2649 is the position at which it was found. DISPLAY_REPLACED_P non-zero
2650 means that we previously saw a display sub-property which already
2651 replaced text display with something else, for example an image;
2652 ignore such properties after the first one has been processed.
2653
2654 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2655 end position of the `display' property.
2656
2657 Value is non-zero something was found which replaces the display
2658 of buffer or string text. */
2659
2660 static int
2661 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position,
2662 display_replaced_before_p)
2663 struct it *it;
2664 Lisp_Object prop;
2665 Lisp_Object object;
2666 struct text_pos *position;
2667 int display_replaced_before_p;
2668 {
2669 Lisp_Object value;
2670 int replaces_text_display_p = 0;
2671 Lisp_Object form;
2672
2673 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2674 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2675 form = Qt;
2676 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2677 {
2678 prop = XCDR (prop);
2679 if (!CONSP (prop))
2680 return 0;
2681 form = XCAR (prop);
2682 prop = XCDR (prop);
2683 }
2684
2685 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2686 {
2687 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2688 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2689
2690 GCPRO1 (form);
2691 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2692
2693 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2694 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2695 if (BUFFERP (object))
2696 {
2697 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2698 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2699 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2700 }
2701
2702 form = safe_eval (form);
2703
2704 if (BUFFERP (object))
2705 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2706 UNGCPRO;
2707 }
2708
2709 if (NILP (form))
2710 return 0;
2711
2712 if (CONSP (prop)
2713 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2714 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2715 {
2716 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2717 return 0;
2718
2719 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2720 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2721 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2722 {
2723 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2724 int new_height = -1;
2725
2726 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2727 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2728 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2729 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2730 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2731 {
2732 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2733 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2734 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2735 steps = - steps;
2736 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2737 }
2738 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2739 {
2740 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2741 Value is the new height. */
2742 Lisp_Object height;
2743 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2744 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2745 if (NUMBERP (height))
2746 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2747 }
2748 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2749 {
2750 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2751 struct face *face;
2752
2753 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2754 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2755 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2756 }
2757 else
2758 {
2759 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2760 current specified height to get the new height. */
2761 Lisp_Object value;
2762 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2763
2764 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2765 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2766 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2767
2768 if (NUMBERP (value))
2769 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2770 }
2771
2772 if (new_height > 0)
2773 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2774 }
2775 }
2776 else if (CONSP (prop)
2777 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2778 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2779 {
2780 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2781 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2782 return 0;
2783
2784 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2785 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2786 it->space_width = value;
2787 }
2788 else if (CONSP (prop)
2789 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2790 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2791 {
2792 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2793 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2794 return 0;
2795
2796 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2797 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2798 if (NUMBERP (value))
2799 {
2800 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2801 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2802 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2803 }
2804 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2805 }
2806 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2807 {
2808 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2809 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2810 Lisp_Object location, value;
2811 struct text_pos start_pos;
2812 int valid_p;
2813
2814 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2815 we have to find the end of the property. */
2816 start_pos = *position;
2817 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2818 value = Qnil;
2819
2820 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2821 text properties change there. */
2822 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2823
2824 location = Qunbound;
2825 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2826 {
2827 Lisp_Object tem;
2828
2829 value = XCDR (prop);
2830 if (CONSP (value))
2831 value = XCAR (value);
2832
2833 tem = XCAR (prop);
2834 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2835 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2836 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2837 (NILP (tem)
2838 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2839 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2840 location = tem;
2841 }
2842
2843 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2844 {
2845 location = Qnil;
2846 value = prop;
2847 }
2848
2849 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2850 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
2851 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2852 else
2853 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2854 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2855 || valid_image_p (value));
2856 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2857 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2858 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2859
2860 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2861 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2862 || NILP (location))
2863 && valid_p
2864 && !display_replaced_before_p)
2865 {
2866 replaces_text_display_p = 1;
2867
2868 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2869 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2870 push_it (it);
2871
2872 if (NILP (location))
2873 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2874 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2875 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2876 else
2877 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2878
2879 if (STRINGP (value))
2880 {
2881 it->string = value;
2882 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2883 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2884 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2885 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2886 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2887 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2888 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2889 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2890 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2891 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2892 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2893 *position = start_pos;
2894 }
2895 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2896 {
2897 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2898 it->object = value;
2899 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2900 }
2901 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2902 else
2903 {
2904 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2905 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2906 it->position = start_pos;
2907 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2908 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2909
2910 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2911 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2912 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2913 *position = start_pos;
2914 }
2915 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2916 }
2917 else
2918 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
2919 the position to what it was before. */
2920 *position = start_pos;
2921 }
2922
2923 return replaces_text_display_p;
2924 }
2925
2926
2927 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
2928 treated as intangible. */
2929
2930 static int
2931 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2932 Lisp_Object prop;
2933 {
2934 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
2935 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2936 {
2937 prop = XCDR (prop);
2938 if (!CONSP (prop))
2939 return 0;
2940 prop = XCDR (prop);
2941 }
2942
2943 if (!CONSP (prop))
2944 return 0;
2945
2946 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
2947 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
2948 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
2949 {
2950 prop = XCDR (prop);
2951 if (!CONSP (prop))
2952 return 0;
2953
2954 prop = XCDR (prop);
2955 if (!CONSP (prop)
2956 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
2957 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
2958 return 0;
2959 }
2960
2961 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
2962 }
2963
2964
2965 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
2966 treated as intangible. */
2967
2968 int
2969 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2970 Lisp_Object prop;
2971 {
2972 if (CONSP (prop)
2973 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2974 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2975 {
2976 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2977 while (CONSP (prop))
2978 {
2979 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
2980 return 1;
2981 prop = XCDR (prop);
2982 }
2983 }
2984 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2985 {
2986 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
2987 int i;
2988 for (i = 0; i < ASIZE (prop); ++i)
2989 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (AREF (prop, i)))
2990 return 1;
2991 }
2992 else
2993 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
2994
2995 return 0;
2996 }
2997
2998 \f
2999 /***********************************************************************
3000 `composition' property
3001 ***********************************************************************/
3002
3003 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
3004 position. Called from handle_stop. */
3005
3006 static enum prop_handled
3007 handle_composition_prop (it)
3008 struct it *it;
3009 {
3010 Lisp_Object prop, string;
3011 int pos, pos_byte, end;
3012 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3013
3014 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3015 {
3016 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3017 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3018 string = it->string;
3019 }
3020 else
3021 {
3022 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3023 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3024 string = Qnil;
3025 }
3026
3027 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
3028 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
3029 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
3030 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
3031 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
3032 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
3033 {
3034 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
3035
3036 if (id >= 0)
3037 {
3038 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3039 it->cmp_id = id;
3040 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3041 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3042 components. */
3043 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3044 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3045 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3046 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3047 it->stop_charpos = end;
3048 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3049 }
3050 }
3051
3052 return handled;
3053 }
3054
3055
3056 \f
3057 /***********************************************************************
3058 Overlay strings
3059 ***********************************************************************/
3060
3061 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3062 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3063
3064 struct overlay_entry
3065 {
3066 Lisp_Object overlay;
3067 Lisp_Object string;
3068 int priority;
3069 int after_string_p;
3070 };
3071
3072
3073 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3074 Called from handle_stop. */
3075
3076 static enum prop_handled
3077 handle_overlay_change (it)
3078 struct it *it;
3079 {
3080 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it))
3081 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3082 else
3083 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3084 }
3085
3086
3087 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3088 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3089 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3090 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3091 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3092 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3093
3094 static void
3095 next_overlay_string (it)
3096 struct it *it;
3097 {
3098 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3099 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3100 {
3101 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3102 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3103 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3104 pop_it (it);
3105 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3106 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3107 it->string = Qnil;
3108 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3109 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3110 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3111 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3112
3113 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3114 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3115 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3116 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3117 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3118 }
3119 else
3120 {
3121 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3122 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3123 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3124 it. */
3125 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3126
3127 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3128 load_overlay_strings (it);
3129
3130 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3131 string. */
3132 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3133 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3134 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3135 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3136 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3137 }
3138
3139 CHECK_IT (it);
3140 }
3141
3142
3143 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3144 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3145 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3146
3147 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3148 when they come from the same overlay.
3149
3150 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3151 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3152
3153 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3154 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3155
3156 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3157
3158
3159 static int
3160 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3161 void *e1, *e2;
3162 {
3163 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3164 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3165 int result;
3166
3167 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3168 {
3169 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3170 they come from different overlays. */
3171 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3172 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3173 else
3174 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3175 }
3176 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3177 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3178 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3179 else
3180 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3181 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3182
3183 return result;
3184 }
3185
3186
3187 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3188 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
3189 overlay strings found.
3190
3191 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3192 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3193 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3194 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3195 function.
3196
3197 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3198 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3199 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3200 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3201 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3202 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3203 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3204 in this case.
3205
3206 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3207 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3208 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3209 compare_overlay_entries. */
3210
3211 static void
3212 load_overlay_strings (it)
3213 struct it *it;
3214 {
3215 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3216 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3217 int start, end;
3218 int size = 20;
3219 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3220 struct overlay_entry *entries
3221 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3222 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3223
3224 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3225 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3226 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3227 OVERLAY. */
3228 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3229 do \
3230 { \
3231 Lisp_Object priority; \
3232 \
3233 if (n == size) \
3234 { \
3235 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3236 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3237 entries = \
3238 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3239 * sizeof *entries); \
3240 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3241 size = new_size; \
3242 } \
3243 \
3244 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3245 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3246 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3247 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3248 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3249 ++n; \
3250 } \
3251 while (0)
3252
3253 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3254 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3255 {
3256 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3257 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3258 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3259 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3260
3261 if (end < charpos)
3262 break;
3263
3264 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3265 position. */
3266 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3267 continue;
3268
3269 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3270 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3271 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3272 continue;
3273
3274 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3275 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3276 end position are indistinguishable. */
3277 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3278 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3279
3280 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3281 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3282 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3283 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3284 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3285
3286 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3287 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3288 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3289 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3290 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3291 }
3292
3293 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3294 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3295 {
3296 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3297 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3298 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3299 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3300
3301 if (start > charpos)
3302 break;
3303
3304 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3305 position. */
3306 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3307 continue;
3308
3309 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3310 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3311 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3312 continue;
3313
3314 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3315 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3316 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3317 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3318
3319 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3320 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3321 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3322 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3323 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3324
3325 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3326 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3327 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3328 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3329 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3330 }
3331
3332 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3333
3334 /* Sort entries. */
3335 if (n > 1)
3336 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3337
3338 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3339 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3340
3341 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3342 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3343 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3344 i = 0;
3345 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3346 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3347 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3348
3349 CHECK_IT (it);
3350 }
3351
3352
3353 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3354 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
3355 found. */
3356
3357 static int
3358 get_overlay_strings (it)
3359 struct it *it;
3360 {
3361 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3362 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3363 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3364 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3365 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3366 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3367 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3368 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3369 load_overlay_strings (it);
3370
3371 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3372 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3373 from current_buffer. */
3374 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3375 {
3376 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3377 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3378 strings. */
3379 compute_stop_pos (it);
3380 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3381
3382 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3383 strings have been processed. */
3384 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3385 push_it (it);
3386
3387 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3388 string. */
3389 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3390 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3391 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3392 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3393 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3394 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3395 }
3396 else
3397 {
3398 it->string = Qnil;
3399 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3400 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3401 }
3402
3403 CHECK_IT (it);
3404
3405 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3406 return STRINGP (it->string);
3407 }
3408
3409
3410 \f
3411 /***********************************************************************
3412 Saving and restoring state
3413 ***********************************************************************/
3414
3415 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3416 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3417 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3418 processed. */
3419
3420 static void
3421 push_it (it)
3422 struct it *it;
3423 {
3424 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3425
3426 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3427 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3428
3429 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3430 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3431 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3432 p->string = it->string;
3433 p->pos = it->current;
3434 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3435 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3436 p->area = it->area;
3437 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3438 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3439 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3440 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3441 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3442 ++it->sp;
3443 }
3444
3445
3446 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3447 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3448 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3449 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3450 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3451
3452 static void
3453 pop_it (it)
3454 struct it *it;
3455 {
3456 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3457
3458 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3459 --it->sp;
3460 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3461 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3462 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3463 it->string = p->string;
3464 it->current = p->pos;
3465 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3466 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3467 it->area = p->area;
3468 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3469 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3470 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3471 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3472 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3473 }
3474
3475
3476 \f
3477 /***********************************************************************
3478 Moving over lines
3479 ***********************************************************************/
3480
3481 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3482
3483 static void
3484 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3485 struct it *it;
3486 {
3487 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3488 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3489 }
3490
3491
3492 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3493
3494 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3495 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3496 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3497 of *SKIPPED_P.
3498
3499 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3500 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3501 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3502
3503 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3504 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3505 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3506 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3507 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3508 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3509
3510 static int
3511 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3512 struct it *it;
3513 int *skipped_p;
3514 {
3515 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3516 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3517
3518 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3519 skipping over invisible text below. */
3520 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER
3521 && it->c == '\n'
3522 && CHARPOS (it->position) == IT_CHARPOS (*it))
3523 {
3524 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3525 it->c = 0;
3526 return 1;
3527 }
3528
3529 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3530 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3531 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3532 calls this function. */
3533 old_selective = it->selective;
3534 it->selective = 0;
3535
3536 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3537 from buffer text. */
3538 for (n = newline_found_p = 0;
3539 !newline_found_p && n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE;
3540 n += STRINGP (it->string) ? 0 : 1)
3541 {
3542 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
3543 break;
3544 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3545 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3546 }
3547
3548 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3549 short-cut. */
3550 if (n == MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE)
3551 {
3552 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3553 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3554 Lisp_Object pos;
3555
3556 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3557
3558 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3559 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3560 buffer text. */
3561 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3562 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3563 Qdisplay,
3564 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3565 NILP (pos))
3566 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3567 {
3568 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3569 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3570 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3571 }
3572 else
3573 {
3574 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3575 && !newline_found_p)
3576 {
3577 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3578 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3579 }
3580 }
3581 }
3582
3583 it->selective = old_selective;
3584 return newline_found_p;
3585 }
3586
3587
3588 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3589 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3590 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3591 IT->hpos. */
3592
3593 static void
3594 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3595 struct it *it;
3596 {
3597 int visible_p = 0;
3598
3599 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3600 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3601 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3602
3603 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3604 or text properties. */
3605 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3606 && !visible_p)
3607 {
3608 visible_p = 1;
3609
3610 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3611 are invisible. */
3612 if (it->selective > 0
3613 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3614 it->selective))
3615 visible_p = 0;
3616 else
3617 {
3618 Lisp_Object prop;
3619
3620 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3621 Qinvisible, it->window);
3622 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3623 visible_p = 0;
3624 }
3625
3626 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3627 if (!visible_p)
3628 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3629 }
3630
3631 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3632 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3633 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3634 CHECK_IT (it);
3635 }
3636
3637
3638 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3639 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3640 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3641 face information etc. */
3642
3643 static void
3644 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3645 struct it *it;
3646 {
3647 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3648 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3649 CHECK_IT (it);
3650 }
3651
3652
3653 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3654 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3655 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3656 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3657 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3658 is invisible because of text properties. */
3659
3660 static void
3661 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3662 struct it *it;
3663 int on_newline_p;
3664 {
3665 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
3666
3667 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3668
3669 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3670 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3671 if (it->selective > 0)
3672 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3673 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3674 it->selective))
3675 {
3676 xassert (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3677 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3678 }
3679
3680 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
3681 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
3682 {
3683 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3684 {
3685 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
3686 {
3687 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3688 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3689 }
3690 }
3691 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3692 {
3693 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3694 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3695 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3696 }
3697 }
3698 else if (skipped_p)
3699 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3700
3701 CHECK_IT (it);
3702 }
3703
3704
3705 \f
3706 /***********************************************************************
3707 Changing an iterator's position
3708 ***********************************************************************/
3709
3710 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3711 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3712 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3713 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3714
3715 static void
3716 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3717 struct it *it;
3718 struct text_pos pos;
3719 int force_p;
3720 {
3721 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3722
3723 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3724
3725 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3726 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3727 if (force_p
3728 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3729 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3730 handle_stop (it);
3731
3732 CHECK_IT (it);
3733 }
3734
3735
3736 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3737 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3738
3739 static void
3740 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3741 struct it *it;
3742 struct text_pos pos;
3743 int set_stop_p;
3744 {
3745 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3746 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3747
3748 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3749 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3750
3751 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3752 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3753 it->end_charpos = ZV;
3754 it->dpvec = NULL;
3755 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3756 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3757 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3758 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3759 it->string = Qnil;
3760 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3761 it->sp = 0;
3762 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
3763
3764 if (set_stop_p)
3765 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3766 }
3767
3768
3769 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3770 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3771 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3772
3773 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3774 characters from the string.
3775
3776 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3777 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3778 field width.
3779
3780 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3781 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3782 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3783
3784 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3785 calling this function. */
3786
3787 static void
3788 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3789 struct it *it;
3790 unsigned char *s;
3791 Lisp_Object string;
3792 int charpos;
3793 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3794 {
3795 /* No region in strings. */
3796 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3797
3798 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3799 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3800
3801 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3802 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3803 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3804 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3805 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3806
3807 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3808 if (multibyte >= 0)
3809 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3810
3811 if (s == NULL)
3812 {
3813 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3814 it->string = string;
3815 it->s = NULL;
3816 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3817 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3818 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3819 }
3820 else
3821 {
3822 it->s = s;
3823 it->string = Qnil;
3824
3825 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3826 for displaying C strings. */
3827 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3828 if (it->multibyte_p)
3829 {
3830 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3831 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3832 }
3833 else
3834 {
3835 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3836 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3837 }
3838
3839 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3840 }
3841
3842 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3843 from the string. */
3844 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3845 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3846
3847 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3848 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3849 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3850 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3851 if (field_width < 0)
3852 field_width = INFINITY;
3853 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3854 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3855
3856 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3857 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3858 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3859
3860 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3861 CHECK_IT (it);
3862 }
3863
3864
3865 \f
3866 /***********************************************************************
3867 Iteration
3868 ***********************************************************************/
3869
3870 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3871 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3872 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3873
3874 int
3875 get_next_display_element (it)
3876 struct it *it;
3877 {
3878 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3879 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3880 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3881 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3882 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3883
3884 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3885 {
3886 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3887 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3888 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3889 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3890 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3891 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3892 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3893 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3894 it? */
3895 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3896 {
3897 Lisp_Object dv;
3898
3899 if (it->dp
3900 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3901 VECTORP (dv)))
3902 {
3903 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3904
3905 /* Return the first character from the display table
3906 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3907 current character. */
3908 if (v->size)
3909 {
3910 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3911 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3912 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3913 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3914 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3915 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3916 }
3917 else
3918 {
3919 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3920 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3921 }
3922 }
3923
3924 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3925 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3926 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3927 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3928 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3929
3930 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3931 octal form. */
3932 else if ((it->c < ' '
3933 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3934 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3935 || (it->c >= 127
3936 && it->len == 1)
3937 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3938 {
3939 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3940 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3941 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3942 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3943 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3944 GLYPH g;
3945
3946 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3947 {
3948 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3949 if (it->dp
3950 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3951 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3952 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3953 else
3954 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3955 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3956
3957 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3958 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3959
3960 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3961 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3962 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3963 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3964 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3965 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3966 get_next_display_element (it);
3967 }
3968 else
3969 {
3970 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
3971 int len;
3972 int i;
3973 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3974
3975 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3976 if (it->dp
3977 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3978 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3979 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3980 else
3981 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3982
3983 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
3984 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
3985 else
3986 len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, str);
3987
3988 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3989 {
3990 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3991 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3992 the octal display of the character. */
3993 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3994 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3995 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3996 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3997 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3998 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3999 }
4000
4001 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
4002 from it. */
4003 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4004 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
4005 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
4006 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4007 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4008 get_next_display_element (it);
4009 }
4010 }
4011 }
4012
4013 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
4014 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
4015 if (it->multibyte_p
4016 && success_p
4017 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
4018 {
4019 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
4020 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
4021 }
4022 }
4023
4024 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
4025 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
4026 if (it->face_box_p
4027 && it->s == NULL)
4028 {
4029 int face_id;
4030 struct face *face;
4031
4032 it->end_of_box_run_p
4033 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
4034 face_id != it->face_id)
4035 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
4036 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
4037 }
4038
4039 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
4040 return success_p;
4041 }
4042
4043
4044 /* Move IT to the next display element.
4045
4046 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
4047 skip to the next visible line start.
4048
4049 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4050 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4051 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4052 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4053 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4054 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4055 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4056 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4057 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4058
4059 void
4060 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4061 struct it *it;
4062 int reseat_p;
4063 {
4064 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4065 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4066 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4067 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4068
4069 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4070 {
4071 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4072 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4073 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4074 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4075 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4076 else
4077 {
4078 xassert (it->len != 0);
4079 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4080 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4081 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4082 }
4083 }
4084 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4085 {
4086 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4087 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4088 {
4089 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4090 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4091 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4092 goto consider_string_end;
4093 }
4094 else
4095 {
4096 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4097 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4098 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4099 }
4100 }
4101 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4102 {
4103 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4104 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4105 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4106 }
4107 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4108 {
4109 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4110 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4111 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4112 strings. */
4113 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4114
4115 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4116 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4117 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4118
4119 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4120 {
4121 if (it->s)
4122 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4123 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4124 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4125 else
4126 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4127
4128 it->dpvec = NULL;
4129 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4130
4131 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4132 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4133 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4134 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4135 {
4136 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4137 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4138 }
4139 }
4140 }
4141 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4142 {
4143 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4144 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4145 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4146 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4147
4148 consider_string_end:
4149
4150 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4151 {
4152 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4153 next, if there is one. */
4154 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4155 next_overlay_string (it);
4156 }
4157 else
4158 {
4159 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4160 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4161 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4162 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4163 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
4164 && it->sp > 0)
4165 {
4166 pop_it (it);
4167 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4168 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4169 }
4170 }
4171 }
4172 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4173 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4174 {
4175 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4176 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4177 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4178 pop_it (it);
4179 it->image_id = 0;
4180 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4181 {
4182 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4183 goto consider_string_end;
4184 }
4185 else
4186 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4187 }
4188 else
4189 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4190 abort ();
4191
4192 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4193 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4194 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4195 }
4196
4197
4198 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4199 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4200 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4201 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4202
4203 static int
4204 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4205 struct it *it;
4206 {
4207 /* Precondition. */
4208 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4209
4210 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4211 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4212 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4213
4214 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4215 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4216 {
4217 int lface_id;
4218 GLYPH g;
4219
4220 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4221 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4222 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4223
4224 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4225 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4226 zero means no face is specified. */
4227 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4228 if (lface_id)
4229 {
4230 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4231 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4232 if (face_id >= 0)
4233 it->face_id = face_id;
4234 }
4235 }
4236 else
4237 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4238 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4239
4240 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4241 still the values of the character that had this display table
4242 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4243 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4244 return 1;
4245 }
4246
4247
4248 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4249 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4250 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4251 overlay string. */
4252
4253 static int
4254 next_element_from_string (it)
4255 struct it *it;
4256 {
4257 struct text_pos position;
4258
4259 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4260 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4261 position = it->current.string_pos;
4262
4263 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4264 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4265 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4266 {
4267 handle_stop (it);
4268
4269 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4270 recurse here. */
4271 return get_next_display_element (it);
4272 }
4273
4274 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4275 {
4276 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4277 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4278 do. */
4279 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4280 {
4281 it->what = IT_EOB;
4282 return 0;
4283 }
4284 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4285 {
4286 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4287 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4288 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4289 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4290 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4291 }
4292 else
4293 {
4294 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4295 it->len = 1;
4296 }
4297 }
4298 else
4299 {
4300 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4301 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4302 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4303 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4304 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4305 {
4306 it->what = IT_EOB;
4307 return 0;
4308 }
4309 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4310 {
4311 /* Pad with spaces. */
4312 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4313 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4314 }
4315 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4316 {
4317 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4318 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4319 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4320 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4321 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4322 }
4323 else
4324 {
4325 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4326 it->len = 1;
4327 }
4328 }
4329
4330 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4331 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4332 string position. */
4333 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4334 it->object = it->string;
4335 it->position = position;
4336 return 1;
4337 }
4338
4339
4340 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4341 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4342 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4343 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4344 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4345 reached, including padding spaces. */
4346
4347 static int
4348 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4349 struct it *it;
4350 {
4351 int success_p = 1;
4352
4353 xassert (it->s);
4354 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4355 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4356 it->object = Qnil;
4357
4358 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4359 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4360 initialized. */
4361 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4362 {
4363 /* End of the game. */
4364 it->what = IT_EOB;
4365 success_p = 0;
4366 }
4367 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4368 {
4369 /* Pad with spaces. */
4370 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4371 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4372 }
4373 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4374 {
4375 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4376 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4377 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4378 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4379 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4380 maxlen, &it->len);
4381 }
4382 else
4383 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4384
4385 return success_p;
4386 }
4387
4388
4389 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4390 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4391 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4392 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4393
4394 static int
4395 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4396 struct it *it;
4397 {
4398 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4399 {
4400 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4401 {
4402 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4403 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4404 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4405 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4406 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4407 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4408 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4409 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4410 }
4411 else
4412 {
4413 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4414 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4415 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4416 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4417 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4418 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4419 }
4420 }
4421 else
4422 {
4423 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4424 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4425 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4426 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4427 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4428 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4429 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4430 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4431 }
4432
4433 return get_next_display_element (it);
4434 }
4435
4436
4437 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4438 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4439 is always 1. */
4440
4441
4442 static int
4443 next_element_from_image (it)
4444 struct it *it;
4445 {
4446 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4447 return 1;
4448 }
4449
4450
4451 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4452 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4453 always 1. */
4454
4455 static int
4456 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4457 struct it *it;
4458 {
4459 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4460 return 1;
4461 }
4462
4463
4464 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4465 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4466 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4467 end. */
4468
4469 static int
4470 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4471 struct it *it;
4472 {
4473 int success_p = 1;
4474
4475 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4476 if-statement, below. */
4477 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4478 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4479
4480 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4481 {
4482 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4483 {
4484 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4485
4486 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4487 haven't been returned yet. */
4488 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4489 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4490 else
4491 {
4492 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4493 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it);
4494 }
4495
4496 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4497 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4498 else
4499 {
4500 it->what = IT_EOB;
4501 it->position = it->current.pos;
4502 success_p = 0;
4503 }
4504 }
4505 else
4506 {
4507 handle_stop (it);
4508 return get_next_display_element (it);
4509 }
4510 }
4511 else
4512 {
4513 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4514 character from current_buffer. */
4515 unsigned char *p;
4516
4517 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4518 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4519 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4520 && it->glyph_row
4521 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4522 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4523
4524 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4525 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4526 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4527 {
4528 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4529 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4530 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4531 }
4532 else
4533 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4534
4535 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4536 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4537 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4538 it->position = it->current.pos;
4539
4540 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4541 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4542 if (it->selective)
4543 {
4544 if (it->c == '\n')
4545 {
4546 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4547 than that number of columns. */
4548 if (it->selective > 0
4549 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4550 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4551 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4552 it->selective))
4553 {
4554 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4555 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4556 }
4557 }
4558 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4559 {
4560 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4561 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4562 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4563 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4564 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4565 }
4566 }
4567 }
4568
4569 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4570 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4571 return success_p;
4572 }
4573
4574
4575 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4576
4577 static void
4578 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4579 struct it *it;
4580 {
4581 Lisp_Object args[3];
4582
4583 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4584 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4585 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4586
4587 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4588 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4589 args[1] = it->window;
4590 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4591 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4592
4593 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4594 them again, even if they get an error. */
4595 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4596 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4597
4598 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4599 handle_face_prop (it);
4600 }
4601
4602
4603 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4604 filled with composition information (done in
4605 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4606
4607 static int
4608 next_element_from_composition (it)
4609 struct it *it;
4610 {
4611 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4612 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4613 ? it->current.string_pos
4614 : it->current.pos);
4615 return 1;
4616 }
4617
4618
4619 \f
4620 /***********************************************************************
4621 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4622 ***********************************************************************/
4623
4624 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4625 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4626
4627 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
4628 whichever is reached first.
4629
4630 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
4631
4632 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
4633 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
4634 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
4635 scrolled.
4636
4637 Value is
4638
4639 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4640 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4641
4642 MOVE_X_REACHED
4643 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4644
4645 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4646 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4647 be continued.
4648
4649 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4650 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4651 truncated.
4652
4653 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4654 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4655 display is on. */
4656
4657 static enum move_it_result
4658 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4659 struct it *it;
4660 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4661 {
4662 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4663 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4664
4665 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4666 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4667 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4668
4669 while (1)
4670 {
4671 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4672
4673 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4674 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4675 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4676 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4677 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4678 {
4679 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4680 break;
4681 }
4682
4683 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4684 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4685 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4686 fit on the line. */
4687 x = it->current_x;
4688
4689 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
4690 fit on the line. */
4691 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
4692 {
4693 ascent = it->max_ascent;
4694 descent = it->max_descent;
4695 }
4696
4697 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4698
4699 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4700 {
4701 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4702 continue;
4703 }
4704
4705 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4706 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4707 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4708 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4709 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4710 composite character.
4711
4712 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4713 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4714 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4715 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4716 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4717 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4718 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4719 next line.
4720
4721 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4722 the same width. */
4723 if (it->nglyphs)
4724 {
4725 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4726 glyphs have the same width. */
4727 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4728 int new_x;
4729
4730 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4731 {
4732 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4733
4734 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4735 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4736 {
4737 it->current_x = x;
4738 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4739 break;
4740 }
4741 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4742 !it->truncate_lines_p
4743 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4744 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4745 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4746 system frame. */
4747 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4748 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4749 {
4750 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4751 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4752 it->hpos == 0
4753 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4754 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4755 {
4756 ++it->hpos;
4757 it->current_x = new_x;
4758 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4759 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4760 }
4761 else
4762 {
4763 it->current_x = x;
4764 it->max_ascent = ascent;
4765 it->max_descent = descent;
4766 }
4767
4768 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
4769 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4770 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4771 break;
4772 }
4773 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4774 {
4775 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4776 would be displayed. */
4777 ++it->hpos;
4778 }
4779 else
4780 {
4781 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4782 area. Nothing to do. */
4783 }
4784 }
4785
4786 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4787 break;
4788 }
4789 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4790 {
4791 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4792 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4793 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4794 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4795 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4796 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4797 break;
4798 }
4799
4800 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4801 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4802 {
4803 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4804 break;
4805 }
4806
4807 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4808 to the next. */
4809 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4810
4811 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4812 past the right edge of the window now. */
4813 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4814 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4815 {
4816 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4817 break;
4818 }
4819 }
4820
4821 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4822 function. */
4823 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4824 return result;
4825 }
4826
4827
4828 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4829 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4830 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4831
4832 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4833 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4834 TO_CHARPOS. */
4835
4836 void
4837 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4838 struct it *it;
4839 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4840 int op;
4841 {
4842 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4843 int line_height;
4844 int reached = 0;
4845
4846 for (;;)
4847 {
4848 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4849 {
4850 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4851 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4852 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4853 {
4854 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4855 {
4856 reached = 1;
4857 break;
4858 }
4859 else
4860 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4861 }
4862 else
4863 {
4864 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4865 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4866 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4867 {
4868 reached = 2;
4869 break;
4870 }
4871
4872 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4873
4874 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4875 {
4876 reached = 3;
4877 break;
4878 }
4879 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4880 {
4881 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4882 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4883 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4884 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4885 {
4886 reached = 4;
4887 break;
4888 }
4889 }
4890 }
4891 }
4892 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4893 {
4894 struct it it_backup;
4895
4896 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4897 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4898 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4899 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4900 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4901 TO_X.
4902
4903 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4904 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4905 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4906 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4907 to happen. */
4908 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4909 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4910 ? to_x : 0),
4911 (MOVE_TO_X
4912 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4913
4914 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4915 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4916 {
4917 reached = 5;
4918 break;
4919 }
4920
4921 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4922 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4923 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4924 the line. */
4925 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4926 {
4927 it_backup = *it;
4928 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4929 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4930 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4931 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4932 }
4933
4934 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4935 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4936 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
4937
4938 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4939 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4940 {
4941 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4942 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4943 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4944 to the ones before skipping. */
4945 *it = it_backup;
4946 reached = 6;
4947 }
4948 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4949 {
4950 skip = skip2;
4951 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4952 reached = 7;
4953 }
4954
4955 if (reached)
4956 break;
4957 }
4958 else
4959 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4960
4961 switch (skip)
4962 {
4963 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4964 reached = 8;
4965 goto out;
4966
4967 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4968 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4969 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4970 break;
4971
4972 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4973 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4974 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4975 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4976 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4977 {
4978 reached = 9;
4979 goto out;
4980 }
4981 break;
4982
4983 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4984 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4985 break;
4986
4987 default:
4988 abort ();
4989 }
4990
4991 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4992 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4993 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4994 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4995 ++it->vpos;
4996 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4997 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4998 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4999 }
5000
5001 out:
5002
5003 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
5004 }
5005
5006
5007 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
5008
5009 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
5010 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
5011 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
5012 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
5013 set to the top of the line moved to. */
5014
5015 void
5016 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
5017 struct it *it;
5018 int dy;
5019 {
5020 int nlines, h, line_height;
5021 struct it it2;
5022 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5023
5024 xassert (dy >= 0);
5025
5026 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
5027 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
5028
5029 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
5030 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5031 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5032
5033 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
5034 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
5035 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
5036 use reseat_1 here. */
5037 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5038
5039 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
5040 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5041
5042 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
5043 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
5044 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
5045 y-distance. */
5046 it2 = *it;
5047 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5048 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5049 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5050 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5051 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
5052
5053 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5054 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5055 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5056 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5057
5058 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5059 it->vpos -= nlines;
5060 it->current_y -= h;
5061
5062 if (dy == 0)
5063 {
5064 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5065 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5066 if (nlines > 0)
5067 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5068 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5069 }
5070 else if (nlines)
5071 {
5072 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5073 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5074 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5075
5076 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5077 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5078 if (target_y < it->current_y
5079 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5080 {
5081 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5082 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5083 }
5084 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5085 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5086 {
5087 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5088 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5089 }
5090 }
5091 }
5092
5093
5094 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5095 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5096 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5097
5098 void
5099 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5100 struct it *it;
5101 int dy;
5102 {
5103 if (dy <= 0)
5104 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5105 else if (dy > 0)
5106 {
5107 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5108 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5109 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5110 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5111
5112 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5113 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5114 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5115 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5116 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5117 }
5118 }
5119
5120
5121 /* Move iterator IT past the end of the text line it is in. */
5122
5123 void
5124 move_it_past_eol (it)
5125 struct it *it;
5126 {
5127 enum move_it_result rc;
5128
5129 rc = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, Z, 0, MOVE_TO_POS);
5130 if (rc == MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR)
5131 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
5132 }
5133
5134
5135 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
5136
5137 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5138 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5139 property lookup. */
5140
5141 static int
5142 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5143 struct it *it;
5144 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5145 {
5146 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5147 int invisible_found_p;
5148
5149 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5150
5151 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5152 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5153 it->window);
5154 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5155 invisible_found_p = 1;
5156 else
5157 {
5158 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5159 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5160 make_number (end_charpos));
5161 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5162 }
5163
5164 return invisible_found_p;
5165 }
5166
5167 #endif /* 0 */
5168
5169
5170 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5171 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5172 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5173 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5174
5175 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5176 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5177 truncate-lines nil. */
5178
5179 void
5180 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5181 struct it *it;
5182 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5183 {
5184 struct position pos;
5185
5186 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5187 {
5188 struct text_pos textpos;
5189
5190 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5191 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5192 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5193 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5194 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5195 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5196 }
5197 else if (dvpos == 0)
5198 {
5199 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5200 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5201 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5202 }
5203 else if (dvpos > 0)
5204 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5205 else
5206 {
5207 struct it it2;
5208 int start_charpos, i;
5209
5210 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5211 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5212 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5213 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5214 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5215 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5216
5217 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5218 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5219 it2 = *it;
5220 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5221 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5222 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5223 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5224 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5225
5226 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5227 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5228 {
5229 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5230 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5231 }
5232 }
5233 }
5234
5235
5236 \f
5237 /***********************************************************************
5238 Messages
5239 ***********************************************************************/
5240
5241
5242 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5243 to *Messages*. */
5244
5245 void
5246 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5247 char *format;
5248 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5249 {
5250 Lisp_Object args[3];
5251 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5252 char *buffer;
5253 int len;
5254 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5255
5256 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5257 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5258
5259 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5260 args[1] = arg1;
5261 args[2] = arg2;
5262 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5263
5264 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
5265 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5266 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
5267
5268 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5269 UNGCPRO;
5270 }
5271
5272
5273 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5274
5275 void
5276 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5277 {
5278 if (message_log_need_newline)
5279 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5280 }
5281
5282
5283 /* Add a string M of length NBYTES to the message log, optionally
5284 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5285 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5286 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5287 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5288
5289 void
5290 message_dolog (m, nbytes, nlflag, multibyte)
5291 char *m;
5292 int nbytes, nlflag, multibyte;
5293 {
5294 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5295 {
5296 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5297 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5298 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5299 int point_at_end = 0;
5300 int zv_at_end = 0;
5301 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5302 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5303
5304 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5305 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5306 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5307 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5308
5309 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
5310 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
5311 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
5312 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
5313
5314 if (PT == Z)
5315 point_at_end = 1;
5316 if (ZV == Z)
5317 zv_at_end = 1;
5318
5319 BEGV = BEG;
5320 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5321 ZV = Z;
5322 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5323 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5324
5325 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5326 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5327 if (multibyte
5328 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5329 {
5330 int i, c, char_bytes;
5331 unsigned char work[1];
5332
5333 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5334 for the *Message* buffer. */
5335 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += nbytes)
5336 {
5337 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, nbytes - i, &char_bytes);
5338 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5339 ? c
5340 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5341 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5342 }
5343 }
5344 else if (! multibyte
5345 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5346 {
5347 int i, c, char_bytes;
5348 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5349 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5350 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5351 for the *Message* buffer. */
5352 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5353 {
5354 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5355 char_bytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5356 insert_1_both (str, 1, char_bytes, 1, 0, 0);
5357 }
5358 }
5359 else if (nbytes)
5360 insert_1 (m, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5361
5362 if (nlflag)
5363 {
5364 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5365 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5366
5367 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5368 this_bol = PT;
5369 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5370
5371 if (this_bol > BEG)
5372 {
5373 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5374 prev_bol = PT;
5375 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5376
5377 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5378 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5379 if (dup)
5380 {
5381 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5382 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5383 if (dup > 1)
5384 {
5385 char dupstr[40];
5386 int duplen;
5387
5388 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5389 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5390 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5391 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5392 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5393 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5394 }
5395 }
5396 }
5397
5398 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5399 {
5400 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5401 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5402 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5403 }
5404 }
5405 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5406 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5407
5408 if (zv_at_end)
5409 {
5410 ZV = Z;
5411 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5412 }
5413 else
5414 {
5415 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5416 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5417 }
5418
5419 if (point_at_end)
5420 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5421 else
5422 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5423 Lisp code. */
5424 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5425 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5426
5427 UNGCPRO;
5428 free_marker (oldpoint);
5429 free_marker (oldbegv);
5430 free_marker (oldzv);
5431
5432 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5433 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5434 if (NILP (tem))
5435 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5436 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5437 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5438 }
5439 }
5440
5441
5442 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5443 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5444 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5445 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5446 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5447
5448 static int
5449 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5450 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5451 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5452 {
5453 int i;
5454 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5455 int seen_dots = 0;
5456 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5457 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5458
5459 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5460 {
5461 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5462 seen_dots = 1;
5463 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5464 return seen_dots;
5465 }
5466 p1 += len;
5467 if (*p1 == '\n')
5468 return 2;
5469 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5470 {
5471 int n = 0;
5472 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5473 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5474 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5475 return n+1;
5476 }
5477 return 0;
5478 }
5479
5480
5481 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5482 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5483 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show
5484 through.
5485
5486 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5487 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5488 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5489 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5490
5491 void
5492 message2 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5493 char *m;
5494 int nbytes;
5495 int multibyte;
5496 {
5497 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5498 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5499 if (m)
5500 message_dolog (m, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5501 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5502 }
5503
5504
5505 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5506
5507 void
5508 message2_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5509 char *m;
5510 int nbytes;
5511 {
5512 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5513 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5514
5515 if (noninteractive)
5516 {
5517 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5518 putc ('\n', stderr);
5519 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5520 if (m)
5521 fwrite (m, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5522 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5523 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5524 fflush (stderr);
5525 }
5526 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5527 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5528 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5529 else if (INTERACTIVE
5530 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5531 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5532 {
5533 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5534 struct frame *f;
5535
5536 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5537 that the selected frame is using. */
5538 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5539 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5540
5541 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5542 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5543 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5544 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5545
5546 if (m)
5547 {
5548 set_message (m, Qnil, nbytes, multibyte);
5549 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5550 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5551 }
5552 else
5553 clear_message (1, 1);
5554
5555 do_pending_window_change (0);
5556 echo_area_display (1);
5557 do_pending_window_change (0);
5558 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5559 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5560 }
5561 }
5562
5563
5564 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5565 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5566 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5567 text show through. */
5568
5569 void
5570 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5571 Lisp_Object m;
5572 int nbytes;
5573 int multibyte;
5574 {
5575 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5576
5577 GCPRO1 (m);
5578
5579 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5580 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5581 if (STRINGP (m))
5582 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5583 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5584
5585 UNGCPRO;
5586 }
5587
5588
5589 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5590
5591 void
5592 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5593 Lisp_Object m;
5594 int nbytes, multibyte;
5595 {
5596 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5597 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5598
5599 if (noninteractive)
5600 {
5601 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5602 putc ('\n', stderr);
5603 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5604 if (STRINGP (m))
5605 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5606 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5607 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5608 fflush (stderr);
5609 }
5610 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5611 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5612 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5613 else if (INTERACTIVE
5614 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5615 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5616 {
5617 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5618 Lisp_Object frame;
5619 struct frame *f;
5620
5621 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5622 that the selected frame is using. */
5623 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5624 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5625 f = XFRAME (frame);
5626
5627 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5628 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5629 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5630 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
5631
5632 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
5633 {
5634 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
5635 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5636 Fraise_frame (frame);
5637 }
5638 else
5639 clear_message (1, 1);
5640
5641 do_pending_window_change (0);
5642 echo_area_display (1);
5643 do_pending_window_change (0);
5644 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5645 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5646 }
5647 }
5648
5649
5650 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
5651 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5652
5653 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5654 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
5655 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
5656 that was alloca'd. */
5657
5658 void
5659 message1 (m)
5660 char *m;
5661 {
5662 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5663 }
5664
5665
5666 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5667
5668 void
5669 message1_nolog (m)
5670 char *m;
5671 {
5672 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5673 }
5674
5675 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5676 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5677
5678 void
5679 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5680 char *m;
5681 Lisp_Object string;
5682 int log;
5683 {
5684 if (noninteractive)
5685 {
5686 if (m)
5687 {
5688 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5689 putc ('\n', stderr);
5690 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5691 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5692 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5693 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5694 fflush (stderr);
5695 }
5696 }
5697 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5698 {
5699 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5700 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5701 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5702 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5703 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5704
5705 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5706 that the selected frame is using. */
5707 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5708 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5709
5710 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5711 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5712 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5713 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5714 {
5715 int len;
5716 char *a[1];
5717 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5718
5719 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5720 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5721
5722 if (log)
5723 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5724 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5725 else
5726 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5727 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5728
5729 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5730 buffer next time. */
5731 message_buf_print = 0;
5732 }
5733 }
5734 }
5735
5736
5737 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5738 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5739
5740 /* VARARGS 1 */
5741 void
5742 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5743 char *m;
5744 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5745 {
5746 if (noninteractive)
5747 {
5748 if (m)
5749 {
5750 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5751 putc ('\n', stderr);
5752 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5753 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5754 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5755 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5756 fflush (stderr);
5757 }
5758 }
5759 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5760 {
5761 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5762 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5763 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5764 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5765 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5766
5767 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5768 that the selected frame is using. */
5769 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5770 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5771
5772 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5773 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5774 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5775 it. */
5776 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5777 {
5778 if (m)
5779 {
5780 int len;
5781 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5782 char *a[3];
5783 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5784 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5785 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5786
5787 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5788 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5789 #else
5790 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5791 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5792 (char **) &a1);
5793 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5794
5795 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5796 }
5797 else
5798 message1 (0);
5799
5800 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5801 buffer next time. */
5802 message_buf_print = 0;
5803 }
5804 }
5805 }
5806
5807
5808 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5809
5810 void
5811 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5812 char *m;
5813 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5814 {
5815 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5816 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5817 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5818 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5819 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5820 }
5821
5822
5823 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5824 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5825 critical. */
5826
5827 void
5828 update_echo_area ()
5829 {
5830 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5831 {
5832 Lisp_Object string;
5833 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5834 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5835 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5836 }
5837 }
5838
5839
5840 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
5841 aren't, make new ones. */
5842
5843 static void
5844 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
5845 {
5846 int i;
5847
5848 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5849 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5850 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5851 {
5852 char name[30];
5853 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
5854 int j;
5855
5856 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
5857 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5858 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5859 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5860
5861 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
5862 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
5863 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
5864 }
5865 }
5866
5867
5868 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
5869 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5870
5871 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5872 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5873 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5874
5875 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5876 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5877
5878 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5879 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5880 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5881
5882 Value is what FN returns. */
5883
5884 static int
5885 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
5886 struct window *w;
5887 int which;
5888 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
5889 EMACS_INT a1;
5890 Lisp_Object a2;
5891 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
5892 {
5893 Lisp_Object buffer;
5894 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5895 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
5896
5897 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5898 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5899
5900 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5901
5902 if (which == 0)
5903 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5904 else if (which > 0)
5905 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5906 else
5907 {
5908 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5909 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5910
5911 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5912 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5913 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5914 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5915 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5916 }
5917
5918 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5919 have one. */
5920 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5921 {
5922 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5923 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5924 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5925 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5926 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5927 }
5928
5929 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5930
5931 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5932 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5933
5934 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5935 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5936 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5937 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5938 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5939 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5940 aborts. */
5941 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5942 if (w)
5943 {
5944 w->buffer = buffer;
5945 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5946 }
5947
5948 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5949 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5950 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5951
5952 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5953 del_range (BEG, Z);
5954
5955 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5956 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5957
5958 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
5959
5960 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5961 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5962
5963 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5964 return rc;
5965 }
5966
5967
5968 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5969 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5970
5971 static Lisp_Object
5972 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5973 struct window *w;
5974 {
5975 int i = 0;
5976 Lisp_Object vector;
5977
5978 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5979 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5980 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5981 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5982
5983 if (NILP (vector))
5984 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5985
5986 XSETBUFFER (AREF (vector, i), current_buffer); ++i;
5987 AREF (vector, i) = Vdeactivate_mark, ++i;
5988 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed), ++i;
5989
5990 if (w)
5991 {
5992 XSETWINDOW (AREF (vector, i), w); ++i;
5993 AREF (vector, i) = w->buffer; ++i;
5994 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos); ++i;
5995 AREF (vector, i) = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos); ++i;
5996 }
5997 else
5998 {
5999 int end = i + 4;
6000 for (; i < end; ++i)
6001 AREF (vector, i) = Qnil;
6002 }
6003
6004 xassert (i == ASIZE (vector));
6005 return vector;
6006 }
6007
6008
6009 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
6010 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
6011
6012 static Lisp_Object
6013 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
6014 Lisp_Object vector;
6015 {
6016 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
6017 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
6018 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
6019
6020 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
6021 {
6022 struct window *w;
6023 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
6024
6025 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
6026 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
6027 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
6028 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
6029
6030 w->buffer = buffer;
6031 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
6032 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
6033 }
6034
6035 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
6036 return Qnil;
6037 }
6038
6039
6040 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
6041 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
6042
6043 void
6044 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
6045 int multibyte_p;
6046 {
6047 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
6048
6049 if (!message_buf_print)
6050 {
6051 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
6052 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
6053 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6054 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6055 else
6056 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6057
6058 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
6059 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6060 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6061
6062 if (Z > BEG)
6063 {
6064 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6065 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6066 del_range (BEG, Z);
6067 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6068 }
6069 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6070
6071 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6072 if (multibyte_p
6073 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6074 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6075
6076 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6077 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6078 {
6079 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6080 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6081 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6082 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6083 }
6084
6085 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6086 message_buf_print = 1;
6087 }
6088 else
6089 {
6090 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6091 {
6092 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6093 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6094 else
6095 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6096 }
6097
6098 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6099 {
6100 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6101 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6102 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
6103 }
6104 }
6105 }
6106
6107
6108 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6109 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6110 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6111 display the current message. */
6112
6113 static int
6114 display_echo_area (w)
6115 struct window *w;
6116 {
6117 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6118
6119 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6120 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6121 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6122 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6123 redisplay. */
6124 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6125
6126 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6127 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6128 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6129 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6130 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6131 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6132
6133 window_height_changed_p
6134 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6135 display_echo_area_1,
6136 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6137
6138 if (no_message_p)
6139 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6140
6141 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6142 return window_height_changed_p;
6143 }
6144
6145
6146 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6147 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6148 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6149 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6150 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6151
6152 static int
6153 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6154 EMACS_INT a1;
6155 Lisp_Object a2;
6156 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6157 {
6158 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6159 Lisp_Object window;
6160 struct text_pos start;
6161 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6162
6163 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6164 matrix for the display. */
6165 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6166
6167 /* Display. */
6168 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6169 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6170 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6171 try_window (window, start);
6172
6173 return window_height_changed_p;
6174 }
6175
6176
6177 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6178 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
6179
6180 void
6181 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
6182 {
6183 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6184 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6185 {
6186 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6187 int resized_p;
6188
6189 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6190 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6191 if (resized_p)
6192 {
6193 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6194 ++update_mode_lines;
6195 redisplay_internal (0);
6196 }
6197 }
6198 }
6199
6200
6201 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6202 resize_echo_area_axactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6203 resize, A2 to A4 are not used. Value is what resize_mini_window
6204 returns. */
6205
6206 static int
6207 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6208 EMACS_INT a1;
6209 Lisp_Object a2;
6210 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6211 {
6212 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, 1);
6213 }
6214
6215
6216 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6217 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6218 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6219 the window height has been changed. */
6220
6221 int
6222 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6223 struct window *w;
6224 int exact_p;
6225 {
6226 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6227 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6228
6229 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6230
6231 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6232 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6233 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6234 return 0;
6235
6236 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6237 {
6238 struct it it;
6239 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6240 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6241 int height, max_height;
6242 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6243 struct text_pos start;
6244 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6245
6246 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6247 {
6248 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6249 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6250 }
6251
6252 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6253
6254 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6255 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6256 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
6257 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6258 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6259 else
6260 max_height = total_height / 4;
6261
6262 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6263 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6264 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6265
6266 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6267 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6268 height = 1;
6269 else
6270 {
6271 last_height = 0;
6272 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6273 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6274 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6275 else
6276 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6277 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6278 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6279 }
6280
6281 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6282 if (height > max_height)
6283 {
6284 height = max_height;
6285 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6286 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6287 start = it.current.pos;
6288 }
6289 else
6290 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6291 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6292
6293 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6294 {
6295 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6296 case the window shrinks again. */
6297 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6298 {
6299 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6300 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6301 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6302 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6303 }
6304 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6305 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6306 {
6307 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6308 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6309 shrink_mini_window (w);
6310 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6311 }
6312 }
6313 else
6314 {
6315 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6316 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6317 {
6318 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6319 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6320 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6321 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6322 }
6323 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6324 {
6325 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6326 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6327 shrink_mini_window (w);
6328
6329 if (height)
6330 {
6331 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6332 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6333 }
6334
6335 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6336 }
6337 }
6338
6339 if (old_current_buffer)
6340 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6341 }
6342
6343 return window_height_changed_p;
6344 }
6345
6346
6347 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6348 current message. */
6349
6350 Lisp_Object
6351 current_message ()
6352 {
6353 Lisp_Object msg;
6354
6355 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6356 msg = Qnil;
6357 else
6358 {
6359 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6360 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6361 if (NILP (msg))
6362 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6363 }
6364
6365 return msg;
6366 }
6367
6368
6369 static int
6370 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6371 EMACS_INT a1;
6372 Lisp_Object a2;
6373 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6374 {
6375 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6376
6377 if (Z > BEG)
6378 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6379 else
6380 *msg = Qnil;
6381 return 0;
6382 }
6383
6384
6385 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6386 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6387 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6388 worth optimizing. */
6389
6390 int
6391 push_message ()
6392 {
6393 Lisp_Object msg;
6394 msg = current_message ();
6395 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6396 return STRINGP (msg);
6397 }
6398
6399
6400 /* Handler for record_unwind_protect calling pop_message. */
6401
6402 Lisp_Object
6403 push_message_unwind (dummy)
6404 Lisp_Object dummy;
6405 {
6406 pop_message ();
6407 return Qnil;
6408 }
6409
6410
6411 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6412
6413 void
6414 restore_message ()
6415 {
6416 Lisp_Object msg;
6417
6418 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6419 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6420 if (STRINGP (msg))
6421 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6422 else
6423 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6424 }
6425
6426
6427 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6428
6429 void
6430 pop_message ()
6431 {
6432 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6433 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6434 }
6435
6436
6437 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6438 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6439 somewhere. */
6440
6441 void
6442 check_message_stack ()
6443 {
6444 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6445 abort ();
6446 }
6447
6448
6449 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6450 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6451
6452 void
6453 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6454 int nchars;
6455 {
6456 if (nchars == 0)
6457 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6458 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6459 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6460 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6461 else if (!noninteractive
6462 && INTERACTIVE
6463 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6464 {
6465 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6466 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6467 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6468 }
6469 }
6470
6471
6472 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6473 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6474
6475 static int
6476 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6477 EMACS_INT nchars;
6478 Lisp_Object a2;
6479 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6480 {
6481 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6482 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6483 if (Z == BEG)
6484 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6485 return 0;
6486 }
6487
6488
6489 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6490
6491 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6492 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6493 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6494
6495 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6496 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6497 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6498
6499 void
6500 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6501 char *s;
6502 Lisp_Object string;
6503 int nbytes;
6504 {
6505 message_enable_multibyte
6506 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6507 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6508
6509 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6510 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6511 message_buf_print = 0;
6512 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6513 }
6514
6515
6516 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6517 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6518 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6519 current. */
6520
6521 static int
6522 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6523 EMACS_INT a1;
6524 Lisp_Object a2;
6525 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6526 {
6527 char *s = (char *) a1;
6528 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6529
6530 xassert (BEG == Z);
6531
6532 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6533 if (message_enable_multibyte
6534 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6535 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6536
6537 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6538
6539 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6540 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6541
6542 if (STRINGP (string))
6543 {
6544 int nchars;
6545
6546 if (nbytes == 0)
6547 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
6548 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6549
6550 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6551 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6552 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6553 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6554 }
6555 else if (s)
6556 {
6557 if (nbytes == 0)
6558 nbytes = strlen (s);
6559
6560 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6561 {
6562 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6563 int i, c, n;
6564 unsigned char work[1];
6565
6566 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6567 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6568 {
6569 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6570 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6571 ? c
6572 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6573 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6574 }
6575 }
6576 else if (!multibyte_p
6577 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6578 {
6579 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6580 int i, c, n;
6581 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6582 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6583
6584 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6585 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6586 {
6587 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6588 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6589 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6590 }
6591 }
6592 else
6593 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
6594 }
6595
6596 return 0;
6597 }
6598
6599
6600 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
6601 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
6602 last displayed. */
6603
6604 void
6605 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
6606 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
6607 {
6608 if (current_p)
6609 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6610
6611 if (last_displayed_p)
6612 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
6613
6614 message_buf_print = 0;
6615 }
6616
6617 /* Clear garbaged frames.
6618
6619 This function is used where the old redisplay called
6620 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
6621 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
6622 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
6623 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
6624 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
6625
6626 static void
6627 clear_garbaged_frames ()
6628 {
6629 if (frame_garbaged)
6630 {
6631 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6632
6633 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6634 {
6635 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6636
6637 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
6638 {
6639 clear_current_matrices (f);
6640 f->garbaged = 0;
6641 }
6642 }
6643
6644 frame_garbaged = 0;
6645 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6646 }
6647 }
6648
6649
6650 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
6651 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
6652 mini-windows height has been changed. */
6653
6654 static int
6655 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
6656 int update_frame_p;
6657 {
6658 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6659 struct window *w;
6660 struct frame *f;
6661 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6662 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6663
6664 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6665 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
6666 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6667
6668 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
6669 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6670 return 0;
6671
6672 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
6673 #ifndef macintosh
6674 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6675 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
6676 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
6677 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
6678 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
6679 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
6680 return 0;
6681 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6682 #endif
6683
6684 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
6685 if (frame_garbaged)
6686 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6687
6688 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
6689 {
6690 echo_area_window = mini_window;
6691 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
6692 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6693
6694 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
6695 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
6696 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
6697 here could cause confusion. */
6698 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
6699 {
6700 int n = 0;
6701
6702 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
6703 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
6704 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
6705 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
6706 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
6707 if (!display_completed)
6708 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
6709
6710 if (window_height_changed_p
6711 /* Don't do this if Emacs is shutting down. Redisplay
6712 needs to run hooks. */
6713 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks))
6714 {
6715 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
6716 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
6717 pending input. */
6718 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6719 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt);
6720 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
6721 redisplay_internal (0);
6722 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6723 }
6724 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
6725 {
6726 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
6727 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
6728 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
6729 update_single_window (w, 1);
6730 rif->flush_display (f);
6731 }
6732 else
6733 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
6734
6735 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
6736 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
6737 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
6738 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
6739 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6740 }
6741 }
6742 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6743 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6744
6745 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
6746 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
6747
6748 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
6749 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
6750 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
6751 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6752 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
6753
6754 return window_height_changed_p;
6755 }
6756
6757
6758 \f
6759 /***********************************************************************
6760 Frame Titles
6761 ***********************************************************************/
6762
6763
6764 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6765
6766 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
6767 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
6768
6769 static char *frame_title_buf;
6770
6771 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
6772
6773 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
6774 static char *frame_title_ptr;
6775
6776
6777 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
6778 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
6779
6780 static void
6781 store_frame_title_char (c)
6782 char c;
6783 {
6784 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
6785 double the buffer's size. */
6786 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
6787 {
6788 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6789 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
6790 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
6791 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
6792 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
6793 }
6794
6795 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
6796 }
6797
6798
6799 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
6800 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy
6801 characters that yield more columns than PRECISION; PRECISION <= 0
6802 means copy the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
6803 number of characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't
6804 pad. Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a
6805 frame title. */
6806
6807 static int
6808 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
6809 unsigned char *str;
6810 int field_width, precision;
6811 {
6812 int n = 0;
6813 int dummy, nbytes, width;
6814
6815 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
6816 nbytes = strlen (str);
6817 n+= c_string_width (str, nbytes, precision, &dummy, &nbytes);
6818 while (nbytes--)
6819 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
6820
6821 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
6822 while (field_width > 0
6823 && n < field_width)
6824 {
6825 store_frame_title_char (' ');
6826 ++n;
6827 }
6828
6829 return n;
6830 }
6831
6832
6833 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
6834 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
6835 frame_title_format. */
6836
6837 static void
6838 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
6839 Lisp_Object frame;
6840 {
6841 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6842
6843 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6844 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6845 || f->explicit_name)
6846 {
6847 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6848 Lisp_Object tail;
6849 Lisp_Object fmt;
6850 struct buffer *obuf;
6851 int len;
6852 struct it it;
6853
6854 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6855 {
6856 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6857
6858 if (tf != f
6859 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6860 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6861 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6862 break;
6863 }
6864
6865 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6866 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6867
6868 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6869 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6870 then display the title. */
6871 obuf = current_buffer;
6872 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6873 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6874 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6875 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6876 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6877 display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6878 len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6879 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6880 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6881
6882 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6883 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6884 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6885 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6886 higher level than this.) */
6887 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6888 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6889 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6890 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6891 }
6892 }
6893
6894 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6895
6896 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6897 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6898
6899 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6900
6901
6902
6903 \f
6904 /***********************************************************************
6905 Menu Bars
6906 ***********************************************************************/
6907
6908
6909 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6910 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6911
6912 void
6913 prepare_menu_bars ()
6914 {
6915 int all_windows;
6916 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6917 struct frame *f;
6918 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
6919
6920 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6921 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6922 #else
6923 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
6924 #endif
6925
6926 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6927 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6928 up-to-date frame titles. */
6929 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6930 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6931 {
6932 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6933
6934 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6935 {
6936 f = XFRAME (frame);
6937 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
6938 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6939 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6940 }
6941 }
6942 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6943
6944 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6945 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6946 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6947 || buffer_shared > 1
6948 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6949 if (all_windows)
6950 {
6951 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6952 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6953
6954 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6955
6956 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6957 {
6958 f = XFRAME (frame);
6959
6960 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6961 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
6962 continue;
6963
6964 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6965 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6966 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6967 {
6968 Lisp_Object functions;
6969
6970 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6971 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6972 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6973 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6974
6975 while (CONSP (functions))
6976 {
6977 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6978 functions = XCDR (functions);
6979 }
6980 UNGCPRO;
6981 }
6982
6983 GCPRO1 (tail);
6984 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6985 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6986 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6987 #endif
6988 UNGCPRO;
6989 }
6990
6991 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6992 }
6993 else
6994 {
6995 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6996 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6997 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6998 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6999 #endif
7000 }
7001
7002 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
7003 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
7004 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7005 pending_menu_activation = 0;
7006 #endif
7007 }
7008
7009
7010 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7011 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
7012 eval.
7013
7014 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
7015
7016 static void
7017 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
7018 struct frame *f;
7019 int save_match_data;
7020 {
7021 Lisp_Object window;
7022 register struct window *w;
7023
7024 /* If called recursively during a menu update, do nothing. This can
7025 happen when, for instance, an activate-menubar-hook causes a
7026 redisplay. */
7027 if (inhibit_menubar_update)
7028 return;
7029
7030 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7031 w = XWINDOW (window);
7032
7033 if (update_mode_lines)
7034 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7035
7036 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7037 ?
7038 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7039 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
7040 #else
7041 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
7042 #endif
7043 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
7044 {
7045 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7046 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7047 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7048 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7049 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7050 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7051 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7052 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7053 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7054 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7055 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7056 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7057 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7058 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7059 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7060 {
7061 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7062 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7063
7064 specbind (Qinhibit_menubar_update, Qt);
7065
7066 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7067 if (save_match_data)
7068 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7069 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7070 {
7071 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7072 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7073 }
7074
7075 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
7076 safe_run_hooks (Qactivate_menubar_hook);
7077
7078 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
7079 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
7080 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
7081 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
7082
7083 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
7084 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
7085
7086 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7087 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7088 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7089 #if defined (macintosh)
7090 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7091 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7092 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7093 #endif
7094 )
7095 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7096 else
7097 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7098 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7099 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7100 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7101 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7102 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7103 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7104 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7105
7106 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7107 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7108 }
7109 }
7110 }
7111
7112
7113 \f
7114 /***********************************************************************
7115 Tool-bars
7116 ***********************************************************************/
7117
7118 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7119
7120 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7121 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7122 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7123 and restore it here. */
7124
7125 static void
7126 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7127 struct frame *f;
7128 int save_match_data;
7129 {
7130 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7131 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
7132 {
7133 Lisp_Object window;
7134 struct window *w;
7135
7136 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7137 w = XWINDOW (window);
7138
7139 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7140 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7141 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7142 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7143 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7144 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7145 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7146 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7147 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7148 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7149 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7150 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7151 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7152 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7153 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7154 {
7155 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7156 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7157
7158 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7159 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7160 keymaps. */
7161 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7162
7163 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7164 if (save_match_data)
7165 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7166
7167 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7168 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7169 {
7170 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7171 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7172 }
7173
7174 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7175 f->tool_bar_items
7176 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7177
7178 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7179 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7180
7181 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7182 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7183 }
7184 }
7185 }
7186
7187
7188 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7189 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7190 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7191
7192 static void
7193 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7194 struct frame *f;
7195 {
7196 int i, size, size_needed;
7197 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7198 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7199
7200 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7201 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7202
7203 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7204 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7205
7206 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7207 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7208 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
7209 : 0);
7210
7211 /* We need one space in the string for each image. */
7212 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items;
7213
7214 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7215 if (size < size_needed || NILP (f->desired_tool_bar_string))
7216 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7217 make_number (' '));
7218 else
7219 {
7220 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7221 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7222 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7223 }
7224
7225 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7226 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7227 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7228 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i)
7229 {
7230 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7231
7232 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7233 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7234 int hmargin, vmargin, relief, idx, end;
7235 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCconversion, Qimage;
7236 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
7237
7238 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7239 button state. */
7240 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7241 if (VECTORP (image))
7242 {
7243 if (enabled_p)
7244 idx = (selected_p
7245 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7246 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7247 else
7248 idx = (selected_p
7249 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7250 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7251
7252 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7253 image = AREF (image, idx);
7254 }
7255 else
7256 idx = -1;
7257
7258 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7259 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7260 continue;
7261
7262 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7263 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7264
7265 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7266 relief = (tool_bar_button_relief > 0
7267 ? tool_bar_button_relief
7268 : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF);
7269 hmargin = vmargin = relief;
7270
7271 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)
7272 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0)
7273 {
7274 hmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7275 vmargin += XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin);
7276 }
7277 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7278 {
7279 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7280 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7281 hmargin += XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7282
7283 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin))
7284 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0)
7285 vmargin += XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin));
7286 }
7287
7288 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7289 {
7290 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7291 selected. */
7292 if (selected_p)
7293 {
7294 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7295 hmargin -= relief;
7296 vmargin -= relief;
7297 }
7298 }
7299 else
7300 {
7301 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7302 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7303 raised relief. */
7304 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7305 (selected_p
7306 ? make_number (-relief)
7307 : make_number (relief)));
7308 hmargin -= relief;
7309 vmargin -= relief;
7310 }
7311
7312 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7313 if (hmargin || vmargin)
7314 {
7315 if (hmargin == vmargin)
7316 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (hmargin));
7317 else
7318 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin,
7319 Fcons (make_number (hmargin),
7320 make_number (vmargin)));
7321 }
7322
7323 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7324 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7325 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7326 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7327 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCconversion, Qdisabled);
7328
7329 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7330 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7331 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7332 vector. */
7333 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7334 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7335 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS));
7336
7337 /* Let the last image hide all remaining spaces in the tool bar
7338 string. The string can be longer than needed when we reuse a
7339 previous string. */
7340 if (i + 1 == f->n_tool_bar_items)
7341 end = XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size;
7342 else
7343 end = i + 1;
7344 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (i), make_number (end),
7345 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7346 #undef PROP
7347 }
7348
7349 UNGCPRO;
7350 }
7351
7352
7353 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7354
7355 static void
7356 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7357 struct it *it;
7358 {
7359 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7360 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7361 struct glyph *last;
7362
7363 prepare_desired_row (row);
7364 row->y = it->current_y;
7365
7366 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7367 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7368 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7369
7370 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7371 {
7372 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7373
7374 /* Get the next display element. */
7375 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7376 break;
7377
7378 /* Produce glyphs. */
7379 x_before = it->current_x;
7380 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7381 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7382
7383 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7384 i = 0;
7385 x = x_before;
7386 while (i < nglyphs)
7387 {
7388 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7389
7390 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7391 {
7392 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7393 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7394 it->current_x = x;
7395 goto out;
7396 }
7397
7398 ++it->hpos;
7399 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7400 ++i;
7401 }
7402
7403 /* Stop at line ends. */
7404 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7405 break;
7406
7407 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7408 }
7409
7410 out:;
7411
7412 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7413 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7414 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7415 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7416 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7417 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7418 compute_line_metrics (it);
7419
7420 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7421 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7422 {
7423 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7424 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7425 }
7426
7427 row->full_width_p = 1;
7428 row->continued_p = 0;
7429 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7430 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7431
7432 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7433 it->current_y += row->height;
7434 ++it->vpos;
7435 ++it->glyph_row;
7436 }
7437
7438
7439 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7440 items of frame F visible. */
7441
7442 static int
7443 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7444 struct frame *f;
7445 {
7446 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7447 struct it it;
7448
7449 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7450 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7451 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7452 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7453 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7454 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7455
7456 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7457 {
7458 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7459 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7460 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7461 }
7462
7463 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7464 }
7465
7466
7467 DEFUN ("tool-bar-lines-needed", Ftool_bar_lines_needed, Stool_bar_lines_needed,
7468 0, 1, 0,
7469 "Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME.")
7470 (frame)
7471 Lisp_Object frame;
7472 {
7473 struct frame *f;
7474 struct window *w;
7475 int nlines = 0;
7476
7477 if (NILP (frame))
7478 frame = selected_frame;
7479 else
7480 CHECK_FRAME (frame, 0);
7481 f = XFRAME (frame);
7482
7483 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7484 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7485 XFASTINT (w->height) > 0))
7486 {
7487 update_tool_bar (f, 1);
7488 if (f->n_tool_bar_items)
7489 {
7490 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7491 nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f);
7492 }
7493 }
7494
7495 return make_number (nlines);
7496 }
7497
7498
7499 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7500 height should be changed. */
7501
7502 static int
7503 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7504 struct frame *f;
7505 {
7506 struct window *w;
7507 struct it it;
7508 struct glyph_row *row;
7509 int change_height_p = 0;
7510
7511 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7512 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7513 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7514 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7515 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7516 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7517 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7518 return 0;
7519
7520 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7521 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7522 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7523 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7524 row = it.glyph_row;
7525
7526 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7527 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7528 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7529
7530 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7531 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7532 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7533
7534 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7535 window, so don't do it. */
7536 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7537 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7538
7539 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7540 {
7541 int nlines;
7542
7543 /* If we couldn't display everything, change the tool-bar's
7544 height. */
7545 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (it) < it.end_charpos)
7546 change_height_p = 1;
7547
7548 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7549 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7550 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7551 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7552 if (!row->displays_text_p
7553 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7554 change_height_p = 1;
7555
7556 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7557 change the tool-bar's height. */
7558 if (row->displays_text_p
7559 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7560 change_height_p = 1;
7561
7562 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7563 frame parameter. */
7564 if (change_height_p
7565 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7566 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7567 {
7568 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7569 Lisp_Object frame;
7570 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
7571
7572 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7573 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7574 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7575 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7576 make_number (nlines)),
7577 Qnil));
7578 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
7579 fonts_changed_p = 1;
7580 }
7581 }
7582
7583 return change_height_p;
7584 }
7585
7586
7587 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
7588 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
7589 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
7590 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
7591
7592 int
7593 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
7594 struct frame *f;
7595 struct glyph *glyph;
7596 int *prop_idx;
7597 {
7598 Lisp_Object prop;
7599 int success_p;
7600
7601 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
7602 property is the start index of this item's properties in
7603 F->tool_bar_items. */
7604 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
7605 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
7606 if (INTEGERP (prop))
7607 {
7608 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
7609 success_p = 1;
7610 }
7611 else
7612 success_p = 0;
7613
7614 return success_p;
7615 }
7616
7617 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7618
7619
7620 \f
7621 /************************************************************************
7622 Horizontal scrolling
7623 ************************************************************************/
7624
7625 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7626 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7627
7628 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
7629 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
7630 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
7631 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
7632 changed. */
7633
7634 static int
7635 hscroll_window_tree (window)
7636 Lisp_Object window;
7637 {
7638 int hscrolled_p = 0;
7639
7640 while (WINDOWP (window))
7641 {
7642 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7643
7644 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
7645 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
7646 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
7647 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
7648 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
7649 {
7650 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
7651 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
7652 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
7653 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7654 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
7655 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7656 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
7657 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
7658 ? desired_cursor_row
7659 : current_cursor_row);
7660
7661 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
7662 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
7663
7664 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
7665 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
7666
7667 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
7668 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
7669 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
7670 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
7671 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
7672 {
7673 struct it it;
7674 int hscroll;
7675 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
7676 int pt;
7677
7678 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
7679 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
7680 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7681
7682 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7683 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7684 else
7685 {
7686 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7687 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
7688 pt = min (ZV, pt);
7689 }
7690
7691 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
7692 a line with infinite width. */
7693 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
7694 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
7695 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7696 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
7697
7698 /* Center cursor in window. */
7699 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
7700 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
7701 hscroll = max (hscroll, XFASTINT (w->min_hscroll));
7702
7703 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
7704 changed because it will prevent redisplay
7705 optimizations. */
7706 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
7707 {
7708 XBUFFER (w->buffer)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 1;
7709 w->hscroll = make_number (hscroll);
7710 hscrolled_p = 1;
7711 }
7712 }
7713 }
7714
7715 window = w->next;
7716 }
7717
7718 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
7719 return hscrolled_p;
7720 }
7721
7722
7723 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
7724 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
7725 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
7726 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
7727 of WINDOW are cleared. */
7728
7729 static int
7730 hscroll_windows (window)
7731 Lisp_Object window;
7732 {
7733 int hscrolled_p;
7734
7735 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
7736 {
7737 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
7738 if (hscrolled_p)
7739 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
7740 }
7741 else
7742 hscrolled_p = 0;
7743 return hscrolled_p;
7744 }
7745
7746
7747 \f
7748 /************************************************************************
7749 Redisplay
7750 ************************************************************************/
7751
7752 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
7753 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
7754 session. */
7755
7756 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7757
7758 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
7759
7760 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
7761 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
7762
7763 /* Delta vpos and y. */
7764
7765 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
7766
7767 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
7768
7769 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
7770
7771 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
7772 try_window_id. */
7773
7774 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
7775
7776 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
7777 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
7778 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
7779 resulting string to stderr. */
7780
7781 static void
7782 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
7783 struct window *w;
7784 char *fmt;
7785 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
7786 {
7787 char buffer[512];
7788 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
7789 int len = strlen (method);
7790 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
7791 int remaining = size - len - 1;
7792
7793 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
7794 if (len && remaining)
7795 {
7796 method[len] = '|';
7797 --remaining, ++len;
7798 }
7799
7800 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
7801
7802 if (trace_redisplay_p)
7803 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
7804 w,
7805 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
7806 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
7807 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
7808 : "no buffer"),
7809 buffer);
7810 }
7811
7812 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
7813
7814
7815 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
7816 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
7817 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
7818 cleared. */
7819
7820 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
7821 static int clear_face_cache_count;
7822
7823 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
7824
7825 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
7826
7827 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
7828
7829 int redisplaying_p;
7830
7831
7832 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
7833 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
7834 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
7835 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
7836
7837 static INLINE int
7838 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
7839 struct window *w;
7840 int start, end;
7841 {
7842 int unchanged_p = 1;
7843
7844 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
7845 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7846 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7847 {
7848 /* Gap in the line? */
7849 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
7850 unchanged_p = 0;
7851
7852 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
7853 if (unchanged_p
7854 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
7855 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
7856 unchanged_p = 0;
7857
7858 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
7859 beginning of the line. */
7860 if (unchanged_p
7861 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
7862 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
7863 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
7864 unchanged_p = 0;
7865 }
7866
7867 return unchanged_p;
7868 }
7869
7870
7871 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
7872 the main external entry point for redisplay.
7873
7874 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
7875 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
7876 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
7877
7878 void
7879 redisplay ()
7880 {
7881 redisplay_internal (0);
7882 }
7883
7884 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
7885 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
7886 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
7887
7888 int
7889 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
7890 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
7891 int prev_pt, pt;
7892 {
7893 int start, end;
7894 Lisp_Object prop;
7895 Lisp_Object buffer;
7896
7897 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
7898 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
7899 same buffer. */
7900 if (prev_buf == buf)
7901 {
7902 if (prev_pt == pt)
7903 /* Point didn't move. */
7904 return 0;
7905
7906 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7907 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7908 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7909 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
7910 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
7911 point moved out of the composition. */
7912 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
7913 }
7914
7915 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
7916 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7917 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7918 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7919 && start < pt && end > pt);
7920 }
7921
7922 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
7923 in window W. */
7924
7925 static INLINE void
7926 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
7927 struct window *w;
7928 struct buffer *b;
7929 {
7930 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
7931 b->clip_changed = 1;
7932 else if (b->clip_changed
7933 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
7934 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
7935 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
7936 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
7937 b->clip_changed = 0;
7938
7939 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
7940 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
7941 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
7942 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
7943 check. */
7944 if (!b->clip_changed
7945 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
7946 {
7947 int pt;
7948
7949 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7950 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7951 else
7952 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7953
7954 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7955 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
7956 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
7957 XINT (w->last_point),
7958 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
7959 b->clip_changed = 1;
7960 }
7961 }
7962
7963
7964 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
7965 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
7966 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
7967 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
7968 causes some problems. */
7969
7970 static void
7971 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
7972 int preserve_echo_area;
7973 {
7974 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
7975 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7976 int pause;
7977 int must_finish = 0;
7978 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
7979 int number_of_visible_frames;
7980 int count;
7981 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7982
7983 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
7984 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
7985 int consider_all_windows_p;
7986
7987 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
7988
7989 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
7990 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
7991 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
7992 if (noninteractive
7993 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
7994 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7995 return;
7996
7997 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
7998 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
7999 update necessary. */
8000 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
8001 {
8002 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
8003 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8004 return;
8005 }
8006
8007 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8008 if (popup_activated ())
8009 return;
8010 #endif
8011
8012 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
8013 if (redisplaying_p)
8014 return;
8015
8016 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
8017 when we leave this function. */
8018 count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
8019 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
8020 ++redisplaying_p;
8021
8022 retry:
8023 pause = 0;
8024 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
8025
8026 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
8027 necessary, do it. */
8028 if (fonts_changed_p)
8029 {
8030 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
8031 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8032 fonts_changed_p = 0;
8033 }
8034
8035 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
8036 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
8037 {
8038 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
8039 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
8040 thing. */
8041 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8042 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
8043 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
8044 }
8045 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
8046
8047 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
8048 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
8049 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
8050 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
8051 {
8052 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8053
8054 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
8055
8056 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8057 {
8058 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8059
8060 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
8061 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
8062 ++number_of_visible_frames;
8063 clear_desired_matrices (f);
8064 }
8065 }
8066
8067 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
8068 do_pending_window_change (1);
8069
8070 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
8071 if (frame_garbaged)
8072 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8073
8074 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
8075 prepare_menu_bars ();
8076
8077 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8078 update_mode_lines++;
8079
8080 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
8081 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
8082 {
8083 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8084 if (buffer_shared > 1)
8085 update_mode_lines++;
8086 }
8087
8088 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
8089 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8090 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8091 where no change is needed. */
8092 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8093 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8094 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8095 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
8096 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8097
8098 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
8099
8100 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
8101 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
8102 there. */
8103 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
8104
8105 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
8106 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
8107 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
8108 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
8109 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
8110
8111 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
8112 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
8113 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
8114 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
8115 the echo area should be cleared. */
8116 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8117 {
8118 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
8119 must_finish = 1;
8120
8121 if (fonts_changed_p)
8122 goto retry;
8123 else if (window_height_changed_p)
8124 {
8125 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8126 ++update_mode_lines;
8127 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8128
8129 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8130 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8131 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8132 if (frame_garbaged)
8133 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8134 }
8135 }
8136 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
8137 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
8138 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8139 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8140 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
8141 {
8142 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
8143 showing if its contents might have changed. */
8144 must_finish = 1;
8145 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
8146 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
8147 ++update_mode_lines;
8148
8149 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
8150 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
8151 surprises wrt scrolling. */
8152 if (frame_garbaged)
8153 clear_garbaged_frames ();
8154 }
8155
8156
8157 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8158 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8159 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8160 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8161 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8162 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8163 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8164 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8165 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8166 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8167
8168 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8169 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8170 set in display_line and record information about the line
8171 containing the cursor. */
8172 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8173 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8174 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8175 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8176 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8177 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8178 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8179 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8180 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8181 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8182 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8183 && NILP (w->force_start)
8184 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8185 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8186 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8187 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8188 must be unchanged */
8189 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8190 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8191 {
8192 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8193 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8194 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8195 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8196 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8197 goto cancel;
8198 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8199 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8200 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8201 {
8202 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8203 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8204 line 885).
8205
8206 For instance, in the following case:
8207
8208 -------- Insert --------
8209 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8210 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8211 ^^ ^^
8212 -------- --------
8213
8214 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8215
8216 struct it it;
8217 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8218
8219 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8220 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8221 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8222
8223 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8224 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8225 goto cancel;
8226
8227 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8228 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8229 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8230 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8231 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8232 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8233 display_line (&it);
8234
8235 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8236 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8237 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8238 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8239 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8240 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8241 /* Line ends as before. */
8242 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8243 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8244 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8245 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8246 {
8247 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8248 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8249 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8250 {
8251 struct glyph_row *row
8252 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8253 int delta, delta_bytes;
8254
8255 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8256 {
8257 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8258 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8259 delta = (Z
8260 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8261 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8262 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8263 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8264 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8265 }
8266 else
8267 {
8268 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8269 account of the newline and the rest of the
8270 text that follows. */
8271 delta = (Z
8272 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8273 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8274 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8275 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8276 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8277 }
8278
8279 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8280 this_line_vpos + 1,
8281 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8282 delta, delta_bytes);
8283 }
8284
8285 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8286 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8287 adjusted. */
8288 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8289 {
8290 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8291 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8292 }
8293 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8294 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8295 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8296 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8297
8298 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8299 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8300
8301 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8302 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8303 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8304 #endif
8305 goto update;
8306 }
8307 else
8308 goto cancel;
8309 }
8310 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8311 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8312 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8313 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8314 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8315 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8316 {
8317 if (!must_finish)
8318 {
8319 do_pending_window_change (1);
8320
8321 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8322 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8323 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8324 goto end_of_redisplay;
8325 }
8326 goto update;
8327 }
8328 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8329 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8330 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8331 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8332 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8333 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8334 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8335 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8336 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8337 {
8338 struct it it;
8339 struct glyph_row *row;
8340
8341 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8342 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8343 next visible position. */
8344 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8345 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8346 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8347 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8348 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8349
8350 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8351 moves over before-strings. */
8352 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8353
8354 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8355 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8356 row->enabled_p))
8357 {
8358 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8359 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8360 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8361 goto update;
8362 }
8363 else
8364 goto cancel;
8365 }
8366
8367 cancel:
8368 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8369 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8370 }
8371
8372 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8373 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8374 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8375
8376
8377 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8378 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8379 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8380
8381 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8382 {
8383 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8384 int i, n = 0, size = 50;
8385 struct frame **updated
8386 = (struct frame **) alloca (size * sizeof *updated);
8387
8388 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8389 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8390 {
8391 clear_face_cache (0);
8392 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8393 }
8394
8395 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8396 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8397 buffer_shared = 0;
8398
8399 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8400 {
8401 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8402
8403 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8404 {
8405 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
8406 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
8407 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
8408 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8409
8410 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8411 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
8412
8413 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
8414 nuked should now go away. */
8415 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
8416 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8417
8418 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8419 if (fonts_changed_p)
8420 goto retry;
8421
8422 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8423 {
8424 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
8425 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
8426 goto retry;
8427
8428 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
8429 update. stdio is not robust about handling
8430 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
8431 error. */
8432 if (interrupt_input)
8433 unrequest_sigio ();
8434 stop_polling ();
8435
8436 /* Update the display. */
8437 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
8438 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
8439 if (pause)
8440 break;
8441
8442 if (n == size)
8443 {
8444 int nbytes = size * sizeof *updated;
8445 struct frame **p = (struct frame **) alloca (2 * nbytes);
8446 bcopy (updated, p, nbytes);
8447 size *= 2;
8448 }
8449
8450 updated[n++] = f;
8451 }
8452 }
8453 }
8454
8455 /* Do the mark_window_display_accurate after all windows have
8456 been redisplayed because this call resets flags in buffers
8457 which are needed for proper redisplay. */
8458 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
8459 {
8460 struct frame *f = updated[i];
8461 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
8462 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
8463 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
8464 }
8465 }
8466 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8467 {
8468 Lisp_Object mini_window;
8469 struct frame *mini_frame;
8470
8471 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
8472
8473 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
8474 update:
8475
8476 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8477 if (fonts_changed_p)
8478 goto retry;
8479
8480 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
8481 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
8482 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
8483 if (interrupt_input)
8484 unrequest_sigio ();
8485 stop_polling ();
8486
8487 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8488 {
8489 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8490 goto retry;
8491
8492 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8493 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
8494 }
8495
8496 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
8497 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
8498 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
8499 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
8500 it here. */
8501 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
8502 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
8503
8504 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
8505 {
8506 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8507 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
8508 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
8509 goto retry;
8510 }
8511 }
8512
8513 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
8514 thorough update the next time. */
8515 if (pause)
8516 {
8517 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
8518 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
8519 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
8520 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8521
8522 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
8523 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
8524 {
8525 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8526 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8527 }
8528
8529 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
8530 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
8531 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
8532 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
8533 update_mode_lines = 1;
8534 }
8535
8536 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
8537 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
8538 if (!pause)
8539 {
8540 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8541
8542 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
8543 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
8544 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
8545 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
8546
8547 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8548 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
8549 else
8550 {
8551 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
8552 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8553 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8554
8555 b->clip_changed = 0;
8556 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8557 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8558 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
8559 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
8560 w->last_had_star
8561 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8562 ? Qt : Qnil);
8563
8564 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8565 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8566 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8567 && (EQ (selected_window,
8568 current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8569 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8570 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
8571 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
8572 : Qnil);
8573
8574 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8575 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8576 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8577 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
8578 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
8579
8580 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8581 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8582 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8583 }
8584
8585 update_mode_lines = 0;
8586 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
8587 }
8588
8589 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
8590 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
8591 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
8592 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
8593 if (interrupt_input)
8594 request_sigio ();
8595 start_polling ();
8596
8597 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
8598 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
8599 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
8600 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
8601 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
8602 frames here explicitly. */
8603 if (!pause)
8604 {
8605 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8606 int new_count = 0;
8607
8608 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8609 {
8610 int this_is_visible = 0;
8611
8612 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8613 this_is_visible = 1;
8614 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
8615 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8616 this_is_visible = 1;
8617
8618 if (this_is_visible)
8619 new_count++;
8620 }
8621
8622 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
8623 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8624 }
8625
8626 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
8627 do_pending_window_change (1);
8628
8629 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
8630 visible frames, redisplay again. */
8631 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
8632 goto retry;
8633
8634 end_of_redisplay:;
8635
8636 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8637 }
8638
8639
8640 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
8641 another message has been requested in its place.
8642
8643 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
8644 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
8645 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
8646 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations.
8647
8648 FROM_WHERE is an integer saying from where this function was
8649 called. This is useful for debugging. */
8650
8651 void
8652 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (from_where)
8653 int from_where;
8654 {
8655 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_preserve_echo_area (%d)\n", from_where));
8656
8657 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8658 {
8659 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
8660 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
8661 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
8662 redisplay_internal (1);
8663 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
8664 }
8665 else
8666 redisplay_internal (1);
8667 }
8668
8669
8670 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
8671 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
8672 in progress. */
8673
8674 static Lisp_Object
8675 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
8676 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
8677 {
8678 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
8679 return Qnil;
8680 }
8681
8682
8683 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
8684 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
8685 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
8686 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
8687
8688 void
8689 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
8690 Lisp_Object window;
8691 int accurate_p;
8692 {
8693 struct window *w;
8694
8695 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
8696 {
8697 w = XWINDOW (window);
8698
8699 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
8700 {
8701 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8702
8703 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
8704 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8705 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
8706 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8707 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
8708 ? Qt : Qnil);
8709
8710 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
8711 Let's check it. */
8712 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8713 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8714 w->region_showing
8715 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8716 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8717 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8718 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
8719 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
8720 : Qnil));
8721 #endif
8722
8723 if (accurate_p)
8724 {
8725 b->clip_changed = 0;
8726 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8727 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8728 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8729 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8730 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8731 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8732 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8733 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
8734 else
8735 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
8736 }
8737 }
8738
8739 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8740 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8741
8742 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8743 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
8744 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8745 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
8746 }
8747
8748 if (accurate_p)
8749 {
8750 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8751 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8752 }
8753 else
8754 {
8755 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
8756 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
8757 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
8758 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8759 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8760 }
8761 }
8762
8763
8764 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
8765 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
8766 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
8767 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
8768
8769 Lisp_Object
8770 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
8771 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
8772 int c;
8773 {
8774 int code[4], i;
8775 Lisp_Object val;
8776
8777 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
8778 return (dp->contents[c]);
8779
8780 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
8781 if (code[1] < 32)
8782 code[1] = -1;
8783 else if (code[2] < 32)
8784 code[2] = -1;
8785
8786 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
8787 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
8788 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
8789 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
8790 code[0] += 128;
8791 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
8792
8793 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
8794 {
8795 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
8796 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
8797 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
8798 }
8799
8800 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
8801 it. */
8802 return (dp->defalt);
8803 }
8804
8805
8806 \f
8807 /***********************************************************************
8808 Window Redisplay
8809 ***********************************************************************/
8810
8811 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
8812
8813 static void
8814 redisplay_windows (window)
8815 Lisp_Object window;
8816 {
8817 while (!NILP (window))
8818 {
8819 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8820
8821 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8822 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
8823 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8824 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
8825 else
8826 redisplay_window (window, 0);
8827
8828 window = w->next;
8829 }
8830 }
8831
8832
8833 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
8834 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
8835 differ from current buffer positions. */
8836
8837 void
8838 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
8839 struct window *w;
8840 struct glyph_row *row;
8841 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8842 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
8843 {
8844 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8845 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
8846 int x = row->x;
8847 int pt_old = PT - delta;
8848
8849 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
8850 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
8851 frames. */
8852 if (row->displays_text_p)
8853 while (glyph < end
8854 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8855 && glyph->charpos < 0)
8856 {
8857 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8858 ++glyph;
8859 }
8860
8861 while (glyph < end
8862 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8863 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
8864 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
8865 {
8866 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8867 ++glyph;
8868 }
8869
8870 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8871 w->cursor.x = x;
8872 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
8873 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
8874
8875 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8876 {
8877 if (!row->continued_p
8878 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
8879 && row->x == 0)
8880 {
8881 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8882
8883 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8884 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
8885 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8886 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
8887
8888 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8889 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
8890 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8891 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
8892
8893 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8894 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
8895 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
8896 this_line_start_x = row->x;
8897 }
8898 else
8899 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8900 }
8901 }
8902
8903
8904 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
8905 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
8906
8907 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
8908
8909 static INLINE struct text_pos
8910 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
8911 Lisp_Object window;
8912 struct text_pos startp;
8913 {
8914 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8915 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
8916
8917 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8918 abort ();
8919
8920 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8921 {
8922 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
8923 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
8924 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8925 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
8926 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8927 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8928 }
8929
8930 return startp;
8931 }
8932
8933
8934 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
8935 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
8936
8937 static void
8938 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
8939 struct window *w;
8940 {
8941 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8942 struct glyph_row *row;
8943 int window_height;
8944
8945 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
8946 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
8947 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8948 return;
8949
8950 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
8951 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8952
8953 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing
8954 to do. */
8955 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8956 return;
8957
8958 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
8959 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
8960 window_height = window_box_height (w);
8961 if (row->height >= window_height)
8962 return;
8963
8964 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
8965 {
8966 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
8967 w->vscroll = 0;
8968 w->cursor.y += dy;
8969 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8970 }
8971 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
8972 {
8973 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
8974 w->vscroll = dy;
8975 w->cursor.y += dy;
8976 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8977 }
8978
8979 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
8980 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
8981 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
8982 the correct y-position. */
8983 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8984 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8985 }
8986
8987
8988 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
8989 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
8990 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
8991 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
8992 the case that only the cursor has moved.
8993
8994 Value is
8995
8996 1 if scrolling succeeded
8997
8998 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
8999
9000 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
9001 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
9002
9003 static int
9004 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
9005 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
9006 Lisp_Object window;
9007 int just_this_one_p;
9008 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
9009 int temp_scroll_step;
9010 {
9011 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9012 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9013 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
9014 struct text_pos pos;
9015 struct text_pos startp;
9016 struct it it;
9017 Lisp_Object window_end;
9018 int this_scroll_margin;
9019 int dy = 0;
9020 int scroll_max;
9021 int rc;
9022 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
9023 Lisp_Object aggressive;
9024 int height;
9025
9026 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9027 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
9028 #endif
9029
9030 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9031
9032 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
9033 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
9034 if (scroll_margin > 0)
9035 {
9036 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
9037 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9038 }
9039 else
9040 this_scroll_margin = 0;
9041
9042 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
9043 into view. */
9044 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
9045 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
9046 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
9047 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
9048 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
9049 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
9050 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
9051 there should be a variable for this. */
9052 scroll_max = 10;
9053 else
9054 scroll_max = 0;
9055 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9056
9057 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
9058 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
9059 margin. */
9060 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
9061 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
9062 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
9063 if (this_scroll_margin)
9064 {
9065 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9066 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
9067 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9068 }
9069
9070 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9071 {
9072 int y0;
9073
9074 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
9075 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
9076
9077 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
9078 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
9079 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
9080 y0 = it.current_y;
9081 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9082 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9083
9084 /* With a scroll_margin of 0, scroll_margin_pos is at the window
9085 end, which is one line below the window. The iterator's
9086 current_y will be same as y0 in that case, but we have to
9087 scroll a line to make PT visible. That's the reason why 1 is
9088 added below. */
9089 dy = 1 + it.current_y - y0;
9090
9091 if (dy > scroll_max)
9092 return 0;
9093
9094 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
9095 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
9096 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
9097 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9098
9099 if (scroll_conservatively)
9100 amount_to_scroll
9101 = max (max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f)),
9102 CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9103 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9104 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9105 else
9106 {
9107 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
9108 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9109 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9110 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9111 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9112 }
9113
9114 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9115 return 0;
9116
9117 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
9118 startp = it.current.pos;
9119 }
9120 else
9121 {
9122 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
9123 window. */
9124 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
9125 if (this_scroll_margin)
9126 {
9127 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9128 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
9129 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
9130 }
9131
9132 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
9133 {
9134 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
9135 above what is displayed in the window. */
9136 int y0;
9137
9138 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
9139 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
9140 scroll_max. */
9141 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
9142 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9143 y0 = it.current_y;
9144 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
9145 it.last_visible_y, -1,
9146 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9147 dy = it.current_y - y0;
9148 if (dy > scroll_max)
9149 return 0;
9150
9151 /* Compute new window start. */
9152 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9153
9154 if (scroll_conservatively)
9155 amount_to_scroll =
9156 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
9157 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
9158 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
9159 else
9160 {
9161 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
9162 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
9163 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
9164 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
9165 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
9166 }
9167
9168 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
9169 return 0;
9170
9171 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
9172 startp = it.current.pos;
9173 }
9174 }
9175
9176 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9177 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9178
9179 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9180 doesn't appear. */
9181 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9182 rc = -1;
9183 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9184 {
9185 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9186 rc = 0;
9187 }
9188 else
9189 {
9190 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9191 if (!just_this_one_p
9192 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9193 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9194 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9195
9196 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
9197 lines up or down. */
9198 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9199 rc = 1;
9200 }
9201
9202 return rc;
9203 }
9204
9205
9206 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9207 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9208 was computed.
9209
9210 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9211 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9212 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9213
9214 static int
9215 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9216 struct window *w;
9217 {
9218 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9219 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9220
9221 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9222
9223 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9224 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9225 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9226 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9227 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9228 {
9229 struct it it;
9230 struct glyph_row *row;
9231
9232 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9233 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9234 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9235 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9236 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9237
9238 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9239 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9240 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9241 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9242 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9243 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9244
9245 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9246 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9247 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9248 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9249 {
9250 int min_distance, distance;
9251
9252 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9253 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9254 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
9255 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
9256 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
9257 minimum distance from the old window start. */
9258 pos = it.current.pos;
9259 min_distance = INFINITY;
9260 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
9261 distance < min_distance)
9262 {
9263 min_distance = distance;
9264 pos = it.current.pos;
9265 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9266 }
9267
9268 /* Set the window start there. */
9269 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
9270 window_start_changed_p = 1;
9271 }
9272 }
9273
9274 return window_start_changed_p;
9275 }
9276
9277
9278 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changes in window WINDOW,
9279 with window start STARTP. Value is
9280
9281 1 if successful
9282
9283 0 if this method cannot be used
9284
9285 -1 if we know we have to scroll the display. *SCROLL_STEP is
9286 set to 1, under certain circumstances, if we want to scroll as
9287 if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code. */
9288
9289 static int
9290 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
9291 Lisp_Object window;
9292 struct text_pos startp;
9293 int *scroll_step;
9294 {
9295 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9296 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9297 int rc = 0;
9298
9299 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9300 not moved off the frame. */
9301 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
9302 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9303 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
9304 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9305 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
9306 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
9307 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
9308 cases. */
9309 && !update_mode_lines
9310 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
9311 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
9312 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
9313 set the cursor. */
9314 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9315 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9316 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9317 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9318 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
9319 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
9320 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
9321 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
9322 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
9323 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
9324 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
9325 handles the same cases. */
9326 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
9327 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
9328 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
9329 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
9330 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
9331 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
9332 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
9333 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
9334 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9335 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
9336 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
9337 {
9338 int this_scroll_margin;
9339 struct glyph_row *row;
9340
9341 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9342 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
9343 #endif
9344
9345 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
9346 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
9347 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9348 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9349 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9350
9351 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
9352 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
9353 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
9354 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
9355 rc = -1;
9356 else
9357 {
9358 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
9359 if (row->mode_line_p)
9360 ++row;
9361 if (!row->enabled_p)
9362 rc = -1;
9363 }
9364
9365 if (rc == 0)
9366 {
9367 int scroll_p = 0;
9368 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
9369
9370 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9371 {
9372 /* Point has moved forward. */
9373 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
9374 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9375 {
9376 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9377 ++row;
9378 }
9379
9380 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
9381 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
9382 display it in the next line. */
9383 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9384 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9385 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9386 ++row;
9387
9388 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
9389 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
9390 the next line would be drawn, and that
9391 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
9392 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
9393 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9394 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
9395 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
9396 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
9397 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9398 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9399 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9400 scroll_p = 1;
9401 }
9402 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9403 {
9404 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
9405 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
9406 if-statement. */
9407 while (!row->mode_line_p
9408 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
9409 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9410 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9411 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
9412 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
9413 {
9414 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9415 --row;
9416 }
9417
9418 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
9419 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
9420 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
9421 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
9422 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9423 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
9424 || row->mode_line_p)
9425 {
9426 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9427 if (row->mode_line_p)
9428 ++row;
9429 }
9430
9431 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
9432 skip forward over overlay strings. */
9433 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9434 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9435 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9436 ++row;
9437
9438 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
9439 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
9440 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
9441 scroll_p = 1;
9442 }
9443
9444 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9445 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9446 {
9447 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
9448 rc = -1;
9449 }
9450 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9451 {
9452 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9453 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9454 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
9455 rc = -1;
9456 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
9457 {
9458 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
9459 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
9460 than the window, in which case we can't do much
9461 about it. */
9462 *scroll_step = 1;
9463 rc = -1;
9464 }
9465 else
9466 {
9467 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9468 try_window (window, startp);
9469 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9470 rc = 1;
9471 }
9472 }
9473 else if (scroll_p)
9474 rc = -1;
9475 else
9476 {
9477 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9478 rc = 1;
9479 }
9480 }
9481 }
9482
9483 return rc;
9484 }
9485
9486
9487 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
9488 selected_window is redisplayed. */
9489
9490 static void
9491 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
9492 Lisp_Object window;
9493 int just_this_one_p;
9494 {
9495 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9496 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9497 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9498 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
9499 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
9500 int update_mode_line;
9501 int tem;
9502 struct it it;
9503 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
9504 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
9505 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
9506 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
9507 int rc;
9508
9509 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9510 opoint = lpoint;
9511
9512 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
9513 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
9514 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9515 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
9516 #endif
9517
9518 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
9519
9520 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
9521
9522 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
9523 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
9524 || update_mode_lines
9525 || buffer->clip_changed);
9526
9527 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
9528 {
9529 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
9530 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
9531 {
9532 if (update_mode_line)
9533 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
9534 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
9535 goto finish_menu_bars;
9536 else
9537 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
9538 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9539 }
9540 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
9541 {
9542 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
9543 active one, so clear it. */
9544 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9545 struct glyph_row *row;
9546 int y;
9547
9548 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
9549 y < yb;
9550 y += row->height, ++row)
9551 blank_row (w, row, y);
9552 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9553 }
9554 }
9555
9556 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
9557 value. */
9558 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
9559 variables. */
9560 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9561 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9562
9563 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9564 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9565 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9566 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9567 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
9568
9569 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
9570 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
9571 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
9572 {
9573 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
9574 window start in case the window's width changed. */
9575 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
9576 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
9577
9578 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9579 }
9580
9581 /* Some sanity checks. */
9582 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
9583 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
9584 abort ();
9585 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
9586 abort ();
9587
9588 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
9589 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9590 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
9591 where no change is needed. */
9592 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
9593 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9594 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
9595 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
9596 update_mode_line = 1;
9597
9598 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
9599 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
9600 if (!just_this_one_p)
9601 {
9602 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
9603 current_base = current_buffer;
9604 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
9605 if (current_base->base_buffer)
9606 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
9607 if (window_base->base_buffer)
9608 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
9609 if (current_base == window_base)
9610 buffer_shared++;
9611 }
9612
9613 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
9614 window, set up appropriate value. */
9615 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
9616 {
9617 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
9618 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
9619 if (new_pt < BEGV)
9620 {
9621 new_pt = BEGV;
9622 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
9623 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9624 }
9625 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
9626 {
9627 new_pt = ZV;
9628 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
9629 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9630 }
9631
9632 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
9633 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
9634 }
9635
9636 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
9637 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
9638 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
9639 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
9640 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
9641 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
9642 {
9643 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
9644
9645 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
9646 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
9647 {
9648 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
9649 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
9650 BEG, Z);
9651 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
9652 }
9653 }
9654
9655 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
9656 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
9657 goto recenter;
9658
9659 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9660
9661 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
9662 check whether it can be used. */
9663 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
9664 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9665 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9666 {
9667 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
9668 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9669 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9670 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9671 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
9672 w->force_start = Qt;
9673 }
9674
9675 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
9676 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
9677 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
9678 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
9679 {
9680 w->force_start = Qnil;
9681 w->vscroll = 0;
9682 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9683
9684 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9685 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9686 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9687 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9688
9689 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
9690 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
9691 because we have scrolled. */
9692 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
9693 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
9694 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
9695 and having them get more errors. */
9696 if (!update_mode_line
9697 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9698 {
9699 update_mode_line = 1;
9700 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9701 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9702 }
9703
9704 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9705 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9706 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
9707 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9708 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
9709 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9710
9711 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
9712 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
9713 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9714 {
9715 w->force_start = Qt;
9716 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9717 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9718 }
9719
9720 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
9721 {
9722 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
9723 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
9724 can use it here. */
9725 int window_height;
9726 struct glyph_row *row;
9727
9728 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
9729 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
9730 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
9731 ++row;
9732
9733 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
9734 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
9735
9736 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
9737 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
9738 else if (current_buffer == old)
9739 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9740
9741 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9742
9743 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
9744 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
9745 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9746 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9747 {
9748 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9749 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9750 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9751 }
9752 }
9753
9754 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9755 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9756 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
9757 #endif
9758 goto done;
9759 }
9760
9761 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9762 not moved off the frame. */
9763 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9764 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
9765 rc != 0))
9766 {
9767 if (rc == -1)
9768 goto try_to_scroll;
9769 else
9770 goto done;
9771 }
9772 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
9773 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
9774 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
9775 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
9776 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
9777 {
9778 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9779 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
9780 #endif
9781 goto recenter;
9782 }
9783
9784 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
9785 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
9786 !windows_or_buffers_changed
9787 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
9788 be full width. */
9789 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9790 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
9791 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9792 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
9793 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9794 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
9795 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
9796 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
9797 /* Selective display has not changed. */
9798 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9799 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
9800 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9801 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
9802 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
9803 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9804 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9805 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9806 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9807 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
9808 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
9809 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
9810 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
9811 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
9812 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
9813 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
9814 {
9815 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9816 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
9817 #endif
9818
9819 if (fonts_changed_p)
9820 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9821 if (tem > 0)
9822 goto done;
9823
9824 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
9825 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
9826 }
9827 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9828 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
9829 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9830 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
9831 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
9832 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9833 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9834 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
9835 {
9836 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9837 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
9838 #endif
9839
9840 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
9841 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
9842 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9843 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9844 because a window scroll function can have changed the
9845 buffer. */
9846 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9847 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9848 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9849 {
9850 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
9851 try_window (window, startp);
9852 }
9853
9854 if (fonts_changed_p)
9855 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9856
9857 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
9858 {
9859 if (!just_this_one_p
9860 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9861 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9862 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9863 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9864
9865 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9866 goto done;
9867 }
9868 else
9869 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9870 }
9871
9872 try_to_scroll:
9873
9874 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9875 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9876
9877 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
9878 if (!update_mode_line)
9879 {
9880 update_mode_line = 1;
9881 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9882 }
9883
9884 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
9885 if ((scroll_conservatively
9886 || scroll_step
9887 || temp_scroll_step
9888 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
9889 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
9890 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9891 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9892 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9893 {
9894 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
9895 successful, 0 if not successful. */
9896 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
9897 scroll_conservatively,
9898 scroll_step,
9899 temp_scroll_step);
9900 if (rc > 0)
9901 goto done;
9902 else if (rc < 0)
9903 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9904 }
9905
9906 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
9907
9908 recenter:
9909
9910 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9911 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
9912 #endif
9913
9914 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
9915
9916 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
9917 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9918 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9919 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9920
9921 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
9922 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9923 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
9924 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
9925 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
9926
9927 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
9928 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
9929 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
9930 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
9931 containing PT in this case. */
9932 if (it.current_y <= 0)
9933 {
9934 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9935 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
9936 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
9937 it.current_y = 0;
9938 }
9939
9940 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
9941
9942 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
9943 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
9944 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
9945
9946 /* Run scroll hooks. */
9947 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
9948
9949 /* Redisplay the window. */
9950 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9951 || windows_or_buffers_changed
9952 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9953 because it can have changed the buffer. */
9954 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9955 || !just_this_one_p
9956 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9957 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9958 try_window (window, startp);
9959
9960 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
9961 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
9962 matrices. */
9963 if (fonts_changed_p)
9964 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9965
9966 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
9967 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
9968 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
9969 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
9970 line.) */
9971 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9972 {
9973 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9974 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
9975 {
9976 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9977 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9978 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9979 }
9980 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
9981 {
9982 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9983 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
9984 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9985 }
9986 else
9987 {
9988 /* Not much we can do about it. */
9989 }
9990 }
9991
9992 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
9993 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
9994 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
9995 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9996 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9997 {
9998 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9999 if (row->mode_line_p)
10000 ++row;
10001 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10002 }
10003
10004 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
10005
10006 done:
10007
10008 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
10009 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
10010 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
10011 ? Qt : Qnil);
10012
10013 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
10014 if ((update_mode_line
10015 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
10016 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
10017 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
10018 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
10019 || (!just_this_one_p
10020 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10021 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
10022 /* Line number to display. */
10023 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
10024 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
10025 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
10026 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
10027 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
10028 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
10029 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
10030 {
10031 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
10032
10033 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
10034
10035 XSETFRAME (selected_frame, f);
10036 display_mode_lines (w);
10037 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
10038
10039 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
10040 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
10041 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
10042 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
10043 {
10044 fonts_changed_p = 1;
10045 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
10046 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10047 }
10048
10049 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
10050 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
10051 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10052 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
10053 {
10054 fonts_changed_p = 1;
10055 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
10056 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10057 }
10058
10059 if (fonts_changed_p)
10060 goto finish_scroll_bars;
10061 }
10062
10063 if (!line_number_displayed
10064 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
10065 {
10066 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
10067 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
10068 }
10069
10070 finish_menu_bars:
10071
10072 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
10073 if (update_mode_line
10074 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
10075 {
10076 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
10077
10078 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10079 {
10080 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
10081 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
10082 #else
10083 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10084 #endif
10085 }
10086 else
10087 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
10088
10089 if (redisplay_menu_p)
10090 display_menu_bar (w);
10091
10092 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
10093 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
10094 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
10095 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
10096 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
10097 #endif
10098 }
10099
10100 finish_scroll_bars:
10101
10102 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
10103 {
10104 int start, end, whole;
10105
10106 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
10107 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
10108 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
10109 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
10110 visible region.
10111
10112 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
10113 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
10114 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
10115 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
10116 {
10117 whole = ZV - BEGV;
10118 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
10119 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
10120 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
10121 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
10122
10123 if (end < start)
10124 end = start;
10125 if (whole < (end - start))
10126 whole = end - start;
10127 }
10128 else
10129 start = end = whole = 0;
10130
10131 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
10132 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w, end - start, whole, start);
10133
10134 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
10135 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
10136 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w);
10137 }
10138
10139 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
10140 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
10141 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
10142 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
10143
10144 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
10145 }
10146
10147
10148 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
10149 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
10150 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
10151 glyph matrices necessary. */
10152
10153 int
10154 try_window (window, pos)
10155 Lisp_Object window;
10156 struct text_pos pos;
10157 {
10158 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
10159 struct it it;
10160 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
10161
10162 /* Make POS the new window start. */
10163 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
10164
10165 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
10166 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10167 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10168
10169 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
10170 start_display (&it, w, pos);
10171
10172 /* Display all lines of W. */
10173 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10174 {
10175 if (display_line (&it))
10176 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10177 if (fonts_changed_p)
10178 return 0;
10179 }
10180
10181 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
10182 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
10183 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
10184 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10185
10186 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
10187 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
10188 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
10189 if (last_text_row)
10190 {
10191 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
10192 w->window_end_bytepos
10193 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10194 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10195 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10196 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10197 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10198 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
10199 ->displays_text_p);
10200 }
10201 else
10202 {
10203 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10204 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10205 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10206 }
10207
10208 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
10209 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10210 return 1;
10211 }
10212
10213
10214 \f
10215 /************************************************************************
10216 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
10217 ************************************************************************/
10218
10219 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
10220 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
10221 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
10222 W->start is the new window start. */
10223
10224 static int
10225 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
10226 struct window *w;
10227 {
10228 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10229 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
10230 struct it it;
10231 struct run run;
10232 struct text_pos start, new_start;
10233 int nrows_scrolled, i;
10234 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
10235 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
10236 struct glyph_row *start_row;
10237 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
10238
10239 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
10240 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10241 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
10242 or such. */
10243 || windows_or_buffers_changed)
10244 return 0;
10245
10246 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
10247 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10248 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10249 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
10250 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
10251 return 0;
10252
10253 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
10254 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10255 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
10256 return 0;
10257
10258 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
10259 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
10260 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10261 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
10262 return 0;
10263
10264 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
10265 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
10266 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
10267 start = start_row->start.pos;
10268 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
10269
10270 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
10271 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10272
10273 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
10274 {
10275 int first_row_y;
10276
10277 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
10278
10279 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
10280 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
10281 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
10282 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
10283 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
10284 first_row_y = it.current_y;
10285 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10286 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
10287
10288 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10289 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
10290 && !fonts_changed_p)
10291 if (display_line (&it))
10292 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10293
10294 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
10295 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
10296 have at least one reusable row. */
10297 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10298 {
10299 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
10300 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
10301
10302 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
10303 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10304 {
10305 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
10306
10307 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10308 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10309 {
10310 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10311 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10312 {
10313 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
10314 dy, nrows_scrolled);
10315 break;
10316 }
10317
10318 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10319 break;
10320
10321 ++row;
10322 }
10323
10324 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
10325 happen often; not more often than with try_window
10326 itself. */
10327 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10328 {
10329 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10330 return 0;
10331 }
10332 }
10333
10334 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
10335 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
10336 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
10337 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
10338 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
10339 in. */
10340 run.current_y = first_row_y;
10341 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
10342 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
10343
10344 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
10345 {
10346 update_begin (f);
10347 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10348 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10349 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10350 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10351 update_end (f);
10352 }
10353
10354 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
10355 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10356 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10357 start_vpos,
10358 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10359 nrows_scrolled);
10360
10361 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
10362 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
10363 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
10364
10365 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
10366 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10367 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10368 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
10369 row < bottom_row;
10370 ++row)
10371 {
10372 row->y = it.current_y;
10373
10374 if (row->y < min_y)
10375 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10376 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10377 row->visible_height
10378 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10379 else
10380 row->visible_height = row->height;
10381
10382 it.current_y += row->height;
10383
10384 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10385 last_reused_text_row = row;
10386 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
10387 break;
10388 }
10389
10390 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
10391 below the window. */
10392 for (++row; row < bottom_row; ++row)
10393 row->enabled_p = 0;
10394 }
10395
10396 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
10397 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
10398 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
10399 containing text. */
10400 if (last_reused_text_row)
10401 {
10402 w->window_end_bytepos
10403 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
10404 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10405 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
10406 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10407 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
10408 w->current_matrix));
10409 }
10410 else if (last_text_row)
10411 {
10412 w->window_end_bytepos
10413 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10414 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10415 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10416 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10417 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10418 }
10419 else
10420 {
10421 /* This window must be completely empty. */
10422 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10423 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10424 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10425 }
10426 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10427
10428 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
10429 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10430
10431 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10432 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
10433 #endif
10434 return 1;
10435 }
10436 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
10437 {
10438 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
10439 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
10440 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
10441 int dy;
10442 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10443
10444 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
10445
10446 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
10447 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
10448 first_reusable_row = start_row;
10449 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10450 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
10451 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10452 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
10453 ++first_reusable_row;
10454
10455 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
10456 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
10457 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10458 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10459 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
10460 return 0;
10461
10462 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
10463 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
10464 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
10465 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
10466 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
10467 pt_row = NULL;
10468 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
10469 {
10470 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
10471 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
10472 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
10473
10474 ++first_row_to_display;
10475 }
10476
10477 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
10478 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
10479 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
10480 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
10481 - start_vpos);
10482 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
10483 - nrows_scrolled);
10484 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
10485 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
10486
10487 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
10488 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
10489 that displays text. */
10490 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10491 if (pt_row == NULL)
10492 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10493 last_text_row = NULL;
10494 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
10495 if (display_line (&it))
10496 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10497
10498 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
10499 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10500 {
10501 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10502 return 0;
10503 }
10504
10505 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
10506 position. */
10507 if (pt_row)
10508 {
10509 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
10510 w->current_matrix);
10511 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
10512 }
10513
10514 /* Scroll the display. */
10515 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
10516 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10517 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
10518 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
10519
10520 if (run.height)
10521 {
10522 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10523 update_begin (f);
10524 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10525 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10526 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10527 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10528 update_end (f);
10529 }
10530
10531 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
10532 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10533 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10534 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10535 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
10536 {
10537 row->y -= dy;
10538 if (row->y < min_y)
10539 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10540 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10541 row->visible_height
10542 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10543 else
10544 row->visible_height = row->height;
10545 }
10546
10547 /* Disable rows not reused. */
10548 while (row < bottom_row)
10549 {
10550 row->enabled_p = 0;
10551 ++row;
10552 }
10553
10554 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
10555 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
10556 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10557 start_vpos,
10558 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10559 -nrows_scrolled);
10560
10561 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
10562 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
10563 only its vpos can have changed. */
10564 if (last_text_row)
10565 {
10566 w->window_end_bytepos
10567 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10568 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10569 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10570 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10571 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10572 }
10573 else
10574 {
10575 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10576 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
10577 }
10578
10579 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10580 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10581
10582 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10583 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
10584 #endif
10585 return 1;
10586 }
10587
10588 return 0;
10589 }
10590
10591
10592 \f
10593 /************************************************************************
10594 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
10595 ************************************************************************/
10596
10597 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
10598 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
10599 int *, int *));
10600 static struct glyph_row *
10601 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
10602 struct glyph_row *));
10603
10604
10605 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
10606 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
10607 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
10608 a pointer to the row found. */
10609
10610 static struct glyph_row *
10611 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
10612 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10613 struct it *it;
10614 struct glyph_row *start;
10615 {
10616 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
10617
10618 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
10619 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
10620 visible lines. */
10621 row_found = NULL;
10622 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
10623 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10624 {
10625 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10626 row_found = row;
10627 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
10628 break;
10629 ++row;
10630 }
10631
10632 return row_found;
10633 }
10634
10635
10636 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
10637 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
10638 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
10639
10640 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
10641 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
10642 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
10643 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
10644 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
10645 was built. */
10646
10647 static struct glyph_row *
10648 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
10649 struct window *w;
10650 {
10651 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
10652 struct glyph_row *row;
10653 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10654 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10655
10656 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
10657 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10658 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
10659 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
10660 {
10661 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
10662 except in some case. */
10663 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
10664 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
10665 unchanged. */
10666 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10667 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
10668 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
10669 continued. */
10670 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
10671 && row->continued_p))
10672 row_found = row;
10673
10674 /* Stop if last visible row. */
10675 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
10676 break;
10677
10678 ++row;
10679 }
10680
10681 return row_found;
10682 }
10683
10684
10685 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
10686 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
10687 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
10688 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
10689 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
10690 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
10691 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
10692
10693 static struct glyph_row *
10694 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
10695 struct window *w;
10696 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
10697 {
10698 struct glyph_row *row;
10699 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10700
10701 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
10702
10703 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
10704 is not up to date. */
10705 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
10706 abort ();
10707
10708 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
10709 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
10710 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
10711 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
10712 return NULL;
10713
10714 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
10715 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10716
10717 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
10718 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10719 {
10720 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
10721 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
10722 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
10723 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
10724 positions for characters not in changed text. */
10725 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10726 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
10727 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
10728 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
10729 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10730
10731 *delta = Z - Z_old;
10732 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
10733
10734 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
10735 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
10736 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
10737 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
10738 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
10739 position. */
10740 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
10741 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
10742
10743 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
10744 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
10745 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
10746 {
10747 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10748 abort ();
10749
10750 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
10751 row_found = row;
10752 }
10753 }
10754
10755 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
10756 abort ();
10757
10758 return row_found;
10759 }
10760
10761
10762 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
10763 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
10764 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
10765 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
10766 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
10767
10768 static void
10769 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
10770 struct window *w;
10771 {
10772 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10773 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
10774
10775 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
10776 must have a frame matrix. */
10777 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
10778 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
10779 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
10780
10781 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
10782 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
10783 corresponding frame matrix. */
10784 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10785 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
10786 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
10787 while (window_row < window_row_end)
10788 {
10789 int area;
10790
10791 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
10792 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
10793
10794 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
10795 been disabled in try_window_id. */
10796 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
10797 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
10798
10799 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
10800 }
10801 }
10802
10803
10804 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
10805 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
10806 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
10807 containing CHARPOS or null. */
10808
10809 static struct glyph_row *
10810 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
10811 struct window *w;
10812 int charpos;
10813 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
10814 {
10815 struct glyph_row *row = start;
10816 int last_y;
10817
10818 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
10819 if (row->mode_line_p)
10820 ++row;
10821
10822 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
10823 return NULL;
10824
10825 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10826
10827 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
10828 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
10829 /* The end position of a row equals the start
10830 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
10831 would rather display it in the next line, except
10832 when this line ends in ZV. */
10833 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
10834 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
10835 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
10836 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
10837 ++row;
10838
10839 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
10840 if ((end && row >= end)
10841 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10842 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10843 row = NULL;
10844
10845 return row;
10846 }
10847
10848
10849 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
10850 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
10851 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
10852
10853 Value is
10854
10855 1 if display has been updated
10856 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
10857 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
10858
10859 The following steps are performed:
10860
10861 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
10862 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
10863 is found, give up.
10864
10865 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
10866 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
10867
10868 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
10869 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
10870 the window.
10871
10872 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
10873
10874 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
10875 display and current matrix as needed.
10876
10877 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
10878 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
10879 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
10880 in smaller font sizes.
10881
10882 7. Update W's window end information. */
10883
10884 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
10885
10886 static int
10887 try_window_id (w)
10888 struct window *w;
10889 {
10890 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10891 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
10892 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
10893 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10894 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10895 struct glyph_row *row;
10896 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
10897 int bottom_vpos;
10898 struct it it;
10899 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
10900 struct text_pos start_pos;
10901 struct run run;
10902 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
10903 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
10904 struct text_pos start;
10905
10906 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
10907
10908 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
10909 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
10910 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
10911 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
10912 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
10913
10914 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
10915 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
10916 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
10917 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
10918 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
10919 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
10920 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
10921 {
10922 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
10923 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
10924 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
10925 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
10926 }
10927
10928 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
10929 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
10930 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
10931 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
10932 be adjusted, of course. */
10933 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10934 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
10935 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
10936 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
10937 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10938 {
10939 struct glyph_row *r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
10940 int delta = CHARPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0);
10941
10942 if (delta)
10943 {
10944 struct glyph_row *r1 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10945 int delta_bytes = BYTEPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0);
10946
10947 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
10948 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
10949 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
10950 delta, delta_bytes);
10951 }
10952
10953 #if 0 /* If changes are all in front of the window start, the
10954 distance of the last displayed glyph from Z hasn't
10955 changed. */
10956 w->window_end_pos
10957 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10958 w->window_end_bytepos
10959 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10960 #endif
10961
10962 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL);
10963 if (row == NULL)
10964 return 0;
10965
10966 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10967 return 1;
10968 }
10969
10970 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
10971 window, and if PT is in the window. */
10972 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10973 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10974 {
10975 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
10976 size has changed. */
10977 w->window_end_pos
10978 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10979 w->window_end_bytepos
10980 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10981
10982 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10983 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL);
10984 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10985 return 2;
10986 }
10987
10988 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
10989 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
10990 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
10991 comparable. */
10992 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10993 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
10994 return 0;
10995
10996 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
10997 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
10998 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
10999 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
11000 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
11001 first line of window. */
11002 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
11003 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11004 {
11005 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
11006 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
11007 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
11008 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
11009 while (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11010 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
11011 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
11012
11013 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
11014 return 0;
11015
11016 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
11017 start_pos = it.current.pos;
11018
11019 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
11020 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
11021 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11022 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
11023 current_matrix);
11024 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11025 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
11026
11027 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
11028 }
11029 else
11030 {
11031 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
11032 Start displaying in the first line. */
11033 start_display (&it, w, start);
11034 start_pos = it.current.pos;
11035 }
11036
11037 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
11038 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
11039 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
11040 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
11041 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
11042 changes. */
11043 first_unchanged_at_end_row
11044 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
11045 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
11046 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
11047
11048 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
11049 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
11050 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
11051 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
11052 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
11053 stop_pos = 0;
11054 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11055 {
11056 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
11057 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
11058
11059 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
11060 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
11061 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
11062 not displaying text. */
11063 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11064 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11065 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11066 < it.last_visible_y))
11067 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
11068
11069 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11070 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11071 >= it.last_visible_y))
11072 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11073 else
11074 {
11075 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11076 + delta);
11077 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11078 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
11079 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
11080 }
11081 }
11082 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
11083 return 0;
11084
11085
11086 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11087
11088 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
11089 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
11090 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
11091 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11092 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
11093
11094 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
11095 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
11096 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
11097 : -1);
11098 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11099
11100 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
11101
11102
11103 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
11104 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
11105 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
11106 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11107 last_text_row = NULL;
11108 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
11109 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11110 && !fonts_changed_p
11111 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11112 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
11113 {
11114 if (display_line (&it))
11115 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
11116 }
11117
11118 if (fonts_changed_p)
11119 return -1;
11120
11121
11122 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
11123 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
11124 scroll. */
11125 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11126 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
11127 bottom of the window. */
11128 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
11129 {
11130 dvpos = (it.vpos
11131 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
11132 current_matrix));
11133 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11134 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
11135 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
11136 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
11137 }
11138 else
11139 {
11140 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
11141 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
11142 }
11143 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
11144
11145
11146 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
11147 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
11148 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
11149 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
11150 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
11151 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
11152 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
11153 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
11154 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11155 {
11156 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
11157 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
11158 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
11159 {
11160 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
11161 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
11162 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
11163 if (row)
11164 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11165 }
11166
11167 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
11168 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11169 {
11170 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
11171 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
11172 if (row)
11173 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
11174 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
11175 }
11176
11177 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
11178 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11179 {
11180 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11181 return -1;
11182 }
11183 }
11184
11185 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
11186 {
11187 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
11188
11189 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
11190 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
11191 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
11192 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
11193 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
11194
11195 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
11196 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
11197 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
11198 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
11199 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
11200 {
11201 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11202 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11203 return -1;
11204 }
11205 }
11206
11207 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
11208 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
11209 found. */
11210 if (dy && run.height)
11211 {
11212 update_begin (f);
11213
11214 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11215 {
11216 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11217 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11218 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11219 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11220 }
11221 else
11222 {
11223 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
11224 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
11225 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11226 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
11227 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11228 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
11229
11230 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
11231 if (dvpos > 0)
11232 {
11233 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
11234 window down dvpos lines. */
11235 set_terminal_window (end);
11236
11237 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
11238 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
11239 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11240 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
11241
11242 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
11243 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11244 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
11245 }
11246 else if (dvpos < 0)
11247 {
11248 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
11249 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
11250 set_terminal_window (end);
11251
11252 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
11253 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
11254 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
11255 line sequences. */
11256 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
11257
11258 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
11259 end. */
11260 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11261 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
11262 }
11263
11264 set_terminal_window (0);
11265 }
11266
11267 update_end (f);
11268 }
11269
11270 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
11271 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
11272 text. */
11273 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11274 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
11275 if (dvpos < 0)
11276 {
11277 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11278 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11279 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
11280 bottom_vpos, 0);
11281 }
11282 else if (dvpos > 0)
11283 {
11284 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11285 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11286 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11287 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
11288 }
11289
11290 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
11291 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
11292 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11293 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
11294
11295 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
11296 if (delta)
11297 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
11298 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11299 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
11300
11301 /* Adjust Y positions. */
11302 if (dy)
11303 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
11304 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11305 bottom_vpos, dy);
11306
11307 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11308 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
11309
11310 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
11311 the window. */
11312 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
11313 if (dy < 0)
11314 {
11315 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
11316 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
11317 the matrix by dvpos. */
11318 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
11319 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
11320
11321 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
11322 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
11323
11324 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
11325 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
11326 line following it. */
11327 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
11328 {
11329 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
11330 it.vpos = last_vpos;
11331 it.current_y = last_row->y;
11332 }
11333 else
11334 {
11335 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
11336 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
11337 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
11338 ++last_row;
11339 }
11340
11341 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
11342 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
11343 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
11344 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
11345
11346 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
11347 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11348 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11349 && !fonts_changed_p)
11350 {
11351 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
11352 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
11353 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
11354 enabled_p flag to zero. */
11355 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
11356 if (display_line (&it))
11357 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
11358 }
11359 }
11360
11361 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
11362 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11363 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
11364 && !last_text_row_at_end)
11365 {
11366 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
11367 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
11368 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
11369 scrolling. */
11370 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
11371 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
11372 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
11373 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
11374
11375 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11376 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11377 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11378 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
11379 }
11380 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
11381 {
11382 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11383 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
11384 w->window_end_bytepos
11385 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
11386 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11387 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
11388 }
11389 else if (last_text_row)
11390 {
11391 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
11392 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
11393 in the desired matrix. */
11394 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11395 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11396 w->window_end_bytepos
11397 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11398 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11399 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
11400 }
11401 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11402 && last_text_row == NULL
11403 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
11404 {
11405 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
11406 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
11407 int vpos;
11408 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
11409
11410 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
11411 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11412 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
11413 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11414 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
11415 break;
11416
11417 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
11418 }
11419 else
11420 abort ();
11421
11422 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11423 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11424
11425 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
11426 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11427 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11428 return 3;
11429 }
11430
11431
11432 \f
11433 /***********************************************************************
11434 More debugging support
11435 ***********************************************************************/
11436
11437 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11438
11439 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
11440 void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
11441 void dump_glyph P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph *, int));
11442
11443
11444 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
11445
11446 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11447 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11448 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11449
11450 void
11451 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, glyphs)
11452 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11453 int glyphs;
11454 {
11455 int i;
11456 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
11457 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, glyphs);
11458 }
11459
11460
11461 /* Dump contents of glyph GLYPH to stderr. ROW and AREA are
11462 the glyph row and area where the glyph comes from. */
11463
11464 void
11465 dump_glyph (row, glyph, area)
11466 struct glyph_row *row;
11467 struct glyph *glyph;
11468 int area;
11469 {
11470 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
11471 {
11472 fprintf (stderr,
11473 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11474 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11475 'C',
11476 glyph->charpos,
11477 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11478 ? 'B'
11479 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11480 ? 'S'
11481 : '-')),
11482 glyph->pixel_width,
11483 glyph->u.ch,
11484 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
11485 ? glyph->u.ch
11486 : '.'),
11487 glyph->face_id,
11488 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11489 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11490 }
11491 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
11492 {
11493 fprintf (stderr,
11494 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11495 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11496 'S',
11497 glyph->charpos,
11498 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11499 ? 'B'
11500 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11501 ? 'S'
11502 : '-')),
11503 glyph->pixel_width,
11504 0,
11505 '.',
11506 glyph->face_id,
11507 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11508 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11509 }
11510 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
11511 {
11512 fprintf (stderr,
11513 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11514 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11515 'I',
11516 glyph->charpos,
11517 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11518 ? 'B'
11519 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11520 ? 'S'
11521 : '-')),
11522 glyph->pixel_width,
11523 glyph->u.img_id,
11524 '.',
11525 glyph->face_id,
11526 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11527 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11528 }
11529 }
11530
11531
11532 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
11533 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11534 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11535 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11536
11537 void
11538 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, glyphs)
11539 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11540 int vpos, glyphs;
11541 {
11542 struct glyph_row *row;
11543
11544 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
11545 return;
11546
11547 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
11548
11549 if (glyphs != 1)
11550 {
11551 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFesm X Y W H V A P\n");
11552 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
11553
11554 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
11555 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
11556 row - matrix->rows,
11557 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
11558 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
11559 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
11560 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
11561 row->enabled_p,
11562 row->inverse_p,
11563 row->truncated_on_left_p,
11564 row->truncated_on_right_p,
11565 row->overlay_arrow_p,
11566 row->continued_p,
11567 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
11568 row->displays_text_p,
11569 row->ends_at_zv_p,
11570 row->fill_line_p,
11571 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
11572 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
11573 row->mouse_face_p,
11574 row->x,
11575 row->y,
11576 row->pixel_width,
11577 row->height,
11578 row->visible_height,
11579 row->ascent,
11580 row->phys_ascent);
11581 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
11582 row->end.overlay_string_index);
11583 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
11584 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
11585 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
11586 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
11587 row->end.dpvec_index);
11588 }
11589
11590 if (glyphs > 1)
11591 {
11592 int area;
11593
11594 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11595 {
11596 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
11597 glyph = row->glyphs[area];
11598 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[area];
11599
11600 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
11601 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
11602 ++glyph_end;
11603
11604 if (glyph < glyph_end)
11605 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
11606
11607 for (; glyph < glyph_end; ++glyph)
11608 dump_glyph (row, glyph, area);
11609 }
11610 }
11611 else if (glyphs == 1)
11612 {
11613 int area;
11614
11615 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11616 {
11617 char *s = (char *) alloca (row->used[area] + 1);
11618 int i;
11619
11620 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
11621 {
11622 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[area] + i;
11623 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11624 && glyph->u.ch < 0x80
11625 && glyph->u.ch >= ' ')
11626 s[i] = glyph->u.ch;
11627 else
11628 s[i] = '.';
11629 }
11630
11631 s[i] = '\0';
11632 fprintf (stderr, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos, row->enabled_p, s);
11633 }
11634 }
11635 }
11636
11637
11638 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
11639 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
11640 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
11641 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil\n\
11642 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show\n\
11643 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form.")
11644 (glyphs)
11645 Lisp_Object glyphs;
11646 {
11647 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
11648 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11649
11650 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
11651 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
11652 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
11653 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
11654 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
11655 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11656 NILP (glyphs) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs));
11657 return Qnil;
11658 }
11659
11660
11661 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 2, "",
11662 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.\n\
11663 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11664 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11665 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11666 (row, glyphs)
11667 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11668 {
11669 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
11670 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix,
11671 XINT (row),
11672 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11673 return Qnil;
11674 }
11675
11676
11677 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row, 1, 2, "",
11678 "Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr.\n\
11679 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11680 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11681 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11682 (row, glyphs)
11683 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11684 {
11685 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
11686 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix);
11687 dump_glyph_row (m, XINT (row), INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11688 return Qnil;
11689 }
11690
11691
11692 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
11693 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
11694 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
11695 ()
11696 {
11697 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
11698 return Qnil;
11699 }
11700
11701
11702 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, 1, "",
11703 "Print STRING to stderr.")
11704 (string)
11705 Lisp_Object string;
11706 {
11707 CHECK_STRING (string, 0);
11708 fprintf (stderr, "%s", XSTRING (string)->data);
11709 return Qnil;
11710 }
11711
11712 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11713
11714
11715 \f
11716 /***********************************************************************
11717 Building Desired Matrix Rows
11718 ***********************************************************************/
11719
11720 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
11721 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
11722
11723 static struct glyph_row *
11724 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
11725 struct window *w;
11726 {
11727 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11728 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11729 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
11730 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
11731 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
11732 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
11733 unsigned char *p;
11734 struct it it;
11735 int multibyte_p;
11736 int n_glyphs_before;
11737
11738 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
11739 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
11740 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11741 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
11742
11743 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11744 p = arrow_string;
11745 while (p < arrow_end)
11746 {
11747 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
11748
11749 /* Get the next character. */
11750 if (multibyte_p)
11751 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
11752 else
11753 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
11754 p += it.len;
11755
11756 /* Get its face. */
11757 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
11758 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
11759 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
11760
11761 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
11762 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11763 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
11764 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
11765
11766 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
11767 to remove some glyphs. */
11768 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
11769 {
11770 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
11771 break;
11772 }
11773 }
11774
11775 set_buffer_temp (old);
11776 return it.glyph_row;
11777 }
11778
11779
11780 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
11781 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
11782 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
11783 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
11784 produce_special_glyphs. */
11785
11786 static void
11787 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
11788 struct it *it;
11789 {
11790 struct it truncate_it;
11791 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
11792
11793 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
11794
11795 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
11796 truncate_it = *it;
11797 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
11798 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11799 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
11800 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11801 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
11802 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
11803 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11804
11805 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
11806 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11807 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11808 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11809 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11810
11811 while (from < end)
11812 *to++ = *from++;
11813
11814 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Overwrite them too. */
11815 while (to < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*to))
11816 {
11817 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11818 while (from < end)
11819 *to++ = *from++;
11820 }
11821
11822 if (to > toend)
11823 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11824 }
11825
11826
11827 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
11828
11829 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
11830 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
11831 structure. This is not the case if
11832
11833 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
11834 and max_height will be zero.
11835
11836 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
11837 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
11838 pixmap extensions).
11839
11840 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
11841 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
11842 must not be zero. */
11843
11844 static void
11845 compute_line_metrics (it)
11846 struct it *it;
11847 {
11848 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
11849 int area, i;
11850
11851 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11852 {
11853 int i, header_line_height;
11854
11855 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
11856 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
11857 computed yet. */
11858 if (row->height == 0)
11859 {
11860 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
11861 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
11862 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11863 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11864 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11865 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11866 }
11867
11868 /* Compute the width of this line. */
11869 row->pixel_width = row->x;
11870 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11871 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
11872
11873 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
11874 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
11875
11876 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
11877 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
11878
11879 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
11880 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
11881 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
11882 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
11883 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
11884 {
11885 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
11886 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
11887 }
11888
11889 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
11890 row->visible_height = row->height;
11891
11892 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
11893 if (row->y < header_line_height)
11894 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
11895 else
11896 {
11897 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
11898 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11899 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11900 }
11901 }
11902 else
11903 {
11904 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11905 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
11906 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
11907 }
11908
11909 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
11910 row->hash = 0;
11911 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11912 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
11913 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
11914 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
11915 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
11916 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
11917 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
11918
11919 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
11920 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
11921 }
11922
11923
11924 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
11925 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
11926 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
11927 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
11928
11929 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
11930 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
11931 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
11932 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
11933
11934 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
11935 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
11936
11937 static int
11938 append_space (it, default_face_p)
11939 struct it *it;
11940 int default_face_p;
11941 {
11942 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11943 {
11944 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11945
11946 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
11947 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
11948 {
11949 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
11950 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
11951 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
11952 append_space has been called. */
11953 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
11954 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
11955 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11956 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11957 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11958 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11959 struct face *face;
11960
11961 saved_object = it->object;
11962 saved_pos = it->position;
11963
11964 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11965 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11966 it->object = make_number (0);
11967 it->c = ' ';
11968 it->len = 1;
11969
11970 if (default_face_p)
11971 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11972 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11973 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
11974 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
11975 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
11976
11977 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11978
11979 it->current_x = saved_x;
11980 it->object = saved_object;
11981 it->position = saved_pos;
11982 it->what = saved_what;
11983 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11984 it->len = saved_len;
11985 it->c = saved_c;
11986 return 1;
11987 }
11988 }
11989
11990 return 0;
11991 }
11992
11993
11994 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
11995 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
11996 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
11997 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
11998
11999 static void
12000 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
12001 struct it *it;
12002 {
12003 struct face *face;
12004 struct frame *f = it->f;
12005
12006 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
12007 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12008 return;
12009
12010 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
12011 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
12012 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
12013 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
12014 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
12015 else
12016 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
12017
12018 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
12019 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
12020 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
12021 && !face->stipple)
12022 return;
12023
12024 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
12025 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
12026 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
12027
12028 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
12029 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
12030 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
12031 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
12032 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
12033 {
12034 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
12035 }
12036
12037 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12038 {
12039 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
12040 so that we know which face to draw. */
12041 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12042 {
12043 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
12044 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
12045 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
12046 }
12047 }
12048 else
12049 {
12050 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
12051 int saved_x = it->current_x;
12052 struct text_pos saved_pos;
12053 Lisp_Object saved_object;
12054 enum display_element_type saved_what = it->what;
12055 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12056
12057 saved_object = it->object;
12058 saved_pos = it->position;
12059
12060 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
12061 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
12062 it->object = make_number (0);
12063 it->c = ' ';
12064 it->len = 1;
12065 it->face_id = face->id;
12066
12067 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12068
12069 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
12070 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12071
12072 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
12073 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
12074 it->current_x = saved_x;
12075 it->object = saved_object;
12076 it->position = saved_pos;
12077 it->what = saved_what;
12078 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12079 }
12080 }
12081
12082
12083 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
12084 trailing whitespace. */
12085
12086 static int
12087 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
12088 int charpos;
12089 {
12090 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
12091 int c = 0;
12092
12093 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
12094 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
12095 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
12096 ++bytepos;
12097
12098 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
12099 {
12100 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
12101 return 1;
12102 }
12103 return 0;
12104 }
12105
12106
12107 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
12108
12109 void
12110 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
12111 struct frame *f;
12112 struct glyph_row *row;
12113 {
12114 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12115
12116 if (used)
12117 {
12118 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12119 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
12120
12121 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
12122 cursor at the end of a line. */
12123 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12124 && glyph->u.ch == ' '
12125 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
12126 --glyph;
12127
12128 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
12129 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
12130 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
12131 if (glyph >= start
12132 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12133 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12134 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12135 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
12136 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
12137 {
12138 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
12139
12140 while (glyph >= start
12141 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
12142 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
12143 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
12144 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
12145 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
12146 }
12147 }
12148 }
12149
12150
12151 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
12152 used to hold the cursor. */
12153
12154 static int
12155 cursor_row_p (w, row)
12156 struct window *w;
12157 struct glyph_row *row;
12158 {
12159 int cursor_row_p = 1;
12160
12161 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
12162 {
12163 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
12164 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
12165 newline). */
12166 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
12167 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
12168 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
12169
12170 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
12171 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
12172 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
12173 cursor_row_p = 1;
12174 else
12175 cursor_row_p = 0;
12176 }
12177
12178 return cursor_row_p;
12179 }
12180
12181
12182 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
12183 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
12184 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
12185 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
12186 only. */
12187
12188 static int
12189 display_line (it)
12190 struct it *it;
12191 {
12192 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12193
12194 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
12195 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
12196
12197 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
12198 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
12199 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
12200
12201 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
12202 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
12203
12204 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
12205 prepare_desired_row (row);
12206
12207 row->y = it->current_y;
12208 row->start = it->current;
12209 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
12210 row->displays_text_p = 1;
12211 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
12212 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
12213
12214 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
12215 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
12216 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
12217 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
12218 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
12219 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
12220
12221 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
12222 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
12223 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
12224 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12225 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
12226 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12227
12228 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
12229 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
12230 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12231 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12232 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12233 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12234
12235 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
12236 character to display. */
12237 while (1)
12238 {
12239 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
12240 int x, i, nglyphs;
12241 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
12242
12243 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
12244 buffer reached. */
12245 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12246 {
12247 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
12248 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
12249 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
12250 to -1. */
12251 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
12252 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12253 {
12254 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
12255 row->displays_text_p = 0;
12256
12257 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
12258 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
12259 }
12260
12261 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12262 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
12263 break;
12264 }
12265
12266 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
12267 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
12268 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12269 x = it->current_x;
12270
12271 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
12272 fit on the line. */
12273 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
12274 {
12275 ascent = it->max_ascent;
12276 descent = it->max_descent;
12277 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12278 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
12279 }
12280
12281 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12282
12283 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
12284 the next one. */
12285 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
12286 {
12287 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12288 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12289 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12290 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12291 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12292 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12293 continue;
12294 }
12295
12296 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
12297 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
12298 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
12299 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
12300 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
12301 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
12302 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
12303 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
12304 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
12305 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12306 hpos_before = it->hpos;
12307 x_before = x;
12308
12309 if (/* Not a newline. */
12310 nglyphs > 0
12311 /* Glyphs produced fit entirely in the line. */
12312 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
12313 {
12314 it->hpos += nglyphs;
12315 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12316 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12317 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12318 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12319 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12320 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
12321 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12322 }
12323 else
12324 {
12325 int new_x;
12326 struct glyph *glyph;
12327
12328 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
12329 {
12330 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12331 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
12332
12333 if (/* Lines are continued. */
12334 !it->truncate_lines_p
12335 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
12336 new_x > it->last_visible_x
12337 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
12338 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12339 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
12340 {
12341 /* End of a continued line. */
12342
12343 if (it->hpos == 0
12344 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12345 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
12346 {
12347 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
12348 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
12349 the line because we can't draw the cursor
12350 after the glyph. */
12351 row->continued_p = 1;
12352 it->current_x = new_x;
12353 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
12354 ++it->hpos;
12355 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
12356 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12357 }
12358 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
12359 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12360 {
12361 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
12362 This means the whole character doesn't fit
12363 on the line. */
12364 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12365
12366 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
12367 glyphs like in 20.x. */
12368 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
12369 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12370 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12371
12372 row->continued_p = 1;
12373 it->current_x = x_before;
12374 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
12375
12376 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12377 element not fitting on the line. */
12378 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12379 it->max_descent = descent;
12380 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12381 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12382 }
12383 else
12384 {
12385 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
12386 the window. Restore positions to values
12387 before the element. The next line starts
12388 with current_x before the glyph that could
12389 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
12390 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12391
12392 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
12393 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12394 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12395 row->continued_p = 1;
12396
12397 it->current_x = x;
12398 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
12399 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
12400 {
12401 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12402 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12403 }
12404
12405 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12406 element not fitting on the line. */
12407 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12408 it->max_descent = descent;
12409 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12410 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12411 }
12412
12413 break;
12414 }
12415 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
12416 {
12417 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
12418 ++it->hpos;
12419
12420 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12421 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
12422 negative X position. */
12423 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12424 }
12425 else
12426 {
12427 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
12428 window. This should not happen because of the
12429 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
12430 this function. */
12431 abort ();
12432 }
12433 }
12434
12435 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12436 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12437 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12438 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12439 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12440
12441 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
12442 if (row->continued_p)
12443 break;
12444 }
12445
12446 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
12447 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
12448 margin of the window. */
12449 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12450 {
12451 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12452
12453 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
12454 display the cursor there. */
12455 append_space (it, 0);
12456
12457 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
12458 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
12459
12460 /* Make sure we have the position. */
12461 if (used_before == 0)
12462 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
12463
12464 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
12465 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12466 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12467 break;
12468 }
12469
12470 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
12471 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
12472 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12473
12474 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
12475 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
12476 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12477 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
12478 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12479 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
12480 {
12481 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
12482 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12483 {
12484 int i, n;
12485
12486 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
12487 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
12488 break;
12489
12490 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
12491 {
12492 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
12493 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12494 }
12495 }
12496
12497 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12498 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12499 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
12500 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
12501 it->hpos = hpos_before;
12502 it->current_x = x_before;
12503 break;
12504 }
12505 }
12506
12507 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
12508 at the left window margin. */
12509 if (it->first_visible_x
12510 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
12511 {
12512 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12513 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12514 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12515 }
12516
12517 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
12518 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
12519 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
12520 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
12521 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
12522 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
12523 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12524 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
12525 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
12526 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
12527 {
12528 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
12529 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12530 {
12531 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
12532 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12533 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12534 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12535 struct glyph *p2, *end;
12536
12537 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
12538 while (glyph < arrow_end)
12539 *p++ = *glyph++;
12540
12541 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
12542 p2 = p;
12543 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12544 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
12545 ++p2;
12546 if (p2 > p)
12547 {
12548 while (p2 < end)
12549 *p++ = *p2++;
12550 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12551 }
12552 }
12553
12554 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
12555 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
12556 }
12557
12558 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
12559 compute_line_metrics (it);
12560
12561 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
12562 row->end = it->current;
12563
12564 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
12565 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
12566 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12567 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
12568 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
12569 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12570
12571 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
12572 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
12573 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
12574
12575 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
12576 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
12577 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
12578 row to be used. */
12579 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
12580 it->current_y += row->height;
12581 ++it->vpos;
12582 ++it->glyph_row;
12583 return row->displays_text_p;
12584 }
12585
12586
12587 \f
12588 /***********************************************************************
12589 Menu Bar
12590 ***********************************************************************/
12591
12592 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
12593
12594 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
12595 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
12596
12597 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
12598 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
12599 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
12600 for the menu bar. */
12601
12602 static void
12603 display_menu_bar (w)
12604 struct window *w;
12605 {
12606 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12607 struct it it;
12608 Lisp_Object items;
12609 int i;
12610
12611 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
12612 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
12613 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
12614 return;
12615 #endif
12616 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12617 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
12618 return;
12619 #endif
12620 #ifdef macintosh
12621 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
12622 return;
12623 #endif
12624
12625 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12626 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
12627 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
12628 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12629 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12630 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12631 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12632 {
12633 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
12634 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
12635 struct window *menu_w;
12636 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
12637 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
12638 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
12639 MENU_FACE_ID);
12640 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12641 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12642 }
12643 else
12644 {
12645 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
12646 pixel x/y. */
12647 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
12648 MENU_FACE_ID);
12649 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12650 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
12651 }
12652 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12653
12654 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12655 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
12656 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12657
12658 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
12659 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
12660 {
12661 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
12662 clear_glyph_row (row);
12663 row->enabled_p = 1;
12664 row->full_width_p = 1;
12665 }
12666
12667 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
12668 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
12669 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
12670 {
12671 Lisp_Object string;
12672
12673 /* Stop at nil string. */
12674 string = AREF (items, i + 1);
12675 if (NILP (string))
12676 break;
12677
12678 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
12679 AREF (items, i + 3) = make_number (it.hpos);
12680
12681 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
12682 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12683 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
12684 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
12685 }
12686
12687 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
12688 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12689 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
12690
12691 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
12692 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12693 }
12694
12695
12696 \f
12697 /***********************************************************************
12698 Mode Line
12699 ***********************************************************************/
12700
12701 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
12702 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
12703 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
12704 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
12705
12706 static int
12707 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
12708 Lisp_Object window;
12709 int force;
12710 {
12711 int nwindows = 0;
12712
12713 while (!NILP (window))
12714 {
12715 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
12716
12717 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
12718 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
12719 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
12720 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
12721 else if (force
12722 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
12723 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
12724 {
12725 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
12726 struct text_pos lpoint;
12727 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12728
12729 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
12730 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
12731 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
12732
12733 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
12734 other window, set up appropriate value. */
12735 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
12736 {
12737 struct text_pos pt;
12738
12739 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
12740 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
12741 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
12742 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
12743 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
12744 else
12745 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
12746 }
12747
12748 /* Temporarily set up the selected frame. */
12749 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
12750 selected_frame = w->frame;
12751
12752 /* Display mode lines. */
12753 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12754 if (display_mode_lines (w))
12755 {
12756 ++nwindows;
12757 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
12758 }
12759
12760 /* Restore old settings. */
12761 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
12762 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
12763 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
12764 }
12765
12766 window = w->next;
12767 }
12768
12769 return nwindows;
12770 }
12771
12772
12773 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
12774 of mode lines displayed. */
12775
12776 static int
12777 display_mode_lines (w)
12778 struct window *w;
12779 {
12780 int n = 0;
12781
12782 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
12783 line_number_displayed = 0;
12784 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
12785
12786 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
12787 {
12788 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
12789 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
12790 ++n;
12791 }
12792
12793 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
12794 {
12795 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
12796 current_buffer->header_line_format);
12797 ++n;
12798 }
12799
12800 return n;
12801 }
12802
12803
12804 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
12805 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
12806 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
12807 height of the mode line displayed. */
12808
12809 static int
12810 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
12811 struct window *w;
12812 enum face_id face_id;
12813 Lisp_Object format;
12814 {
12815 struct it it;
12816 struct face *face;
12817
12818 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
12819 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
12820
12821 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12822 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
12823 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12824
12825 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
12826 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
12827 values. */
12828 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
12829 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
12830 pop_frame_kboard ();
12831
12832 /* Fill up with spaces. */
12833 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
12834
12835 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12836 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
12837 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
12838 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = 0;
12839 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
12840 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
12841 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
12842
12843 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
12844 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
12845 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
12846 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
12847 {
12848 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12849 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
12850 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
12851 }
12852
12853 return it.glyph_row->height;
12854 }
12855
12856
12857 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
12858 translates into text depends on its data type.
12859
12860 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
12861
12862 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
12863 infinite recursion here.
12864
12865 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
12866 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
12867 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
12868 display_string for details. *
12869
12870 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
12871
12872 static int
12873 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
12874 struct it *it;
12875 int depth;
12876 int field_width, precision;
12877 Lisp_Object elt;
12878 {
12879 int n = 0, field, prec;
12880
12881 tail_recurse:
12882 if (depth > 10)
12883 goto invalid;
12884
12885 depth++;
12886
12887 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
12888 {
12889 case Lisp_String:
12890 {
12891 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
12892 unsigned char c;
12893 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
12894 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
12895
12896 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
12897 && *this
12898 && (frame_title_ptr
12899 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
12900 {
12901 unsigned char *last = this;
12902
12903 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
12904 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
12905 ;
12906
12907 if (this - 1 != last)
12908 {
12909 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
12910 is length of string. Don't output more than
12911 PRECISION allows us. */
12912 --this;
12913 prec = strwidth (last, this - last);
12914 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12915 prec = precision - n;
12916
12917 if (frame_title_ptr)
12918 n += store_frame_title (last, 0, prec);
12919 else
12920 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
12921 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
12922 }
12923 else /* c == '%' */
12924 {
12925 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
12926
12927 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
12928 don't pad. */
12929 field = 0;
12930 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
12931 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
12932
12933 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
12934 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
12935 field = field_width - n;
12936
12937 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
12938 prec = precision - n;
12939
12940 if (c == 'M')
12941 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
12942 Vglobal_mode_string);
12943 else if (c != 0)
12944 {
12945 unsigned char *spec
12946 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
12947
12948 if (frame_title_ptr)
12949 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
12950 else
12951 {
12952 int nglyphs_before
12953 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12954 int charpos
12955 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
12956 int nwritten
12957 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
12958 field, prec, 0, -1);
12959
12960 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
12961 string where the `%x' came from, position
12962 of the `%'. */
12963 if (nwritten > 0)
12964 {
12965 struct glyph *glyph
12966 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12967 + nglyphs_before);
12968 int i;
12969
12970 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
12971 {
12972 glyph[i].object = elt;
12973 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
12974 }
12975
12976 n += nwritten;
12977 }
12978 }
12979 }
12980 }
12981 }
12982 }
12983 break;
12984
12985 case Lisp_Symbol:
12986 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
12987 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
12988 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
12989 literally. */
12990 {
12991 register Lisp_Object tem;
12992 tem = Fboundp (elt);
12993 if (!NILP (tem))
12994 {
12995 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
12996 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
12997 don't check for % within it. */
12998 if (STRINGP (tem))
12999 {
13000 prec = precision - n;
13001 if (frame_title_ptr)
13002 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
13003 else
13004 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
13005 0, prec, 0, -1);
13006 }
13007 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
13008 {
13009 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
13010 elt = tem;
13011 goto tail_recurse;
13012 }
13013 }
13014 }
13015 break;
13016
13017 case Lisp_Cons:
13018 {
13019 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
13020
13021 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
13022 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
13023 and effectively concatenate them.
13024 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
13025 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
13026 to at least that many characters.
13027 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
13028 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
13029 car = XCAR (elt);
13030 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
13031 {
13032 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
13033 and use the result as mode line elements. */
13034 struct gcpro gcpro1;
13035 Lisp_Object spec;
13036
13037 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
13038 GCPRO1 (spec);
13039 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
13040 precision - n, spec);
13041 UNGCPRO;
13042 }
13043 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
13044 {
13045 tem = Fboundp (car);
13046 elt = XCDR (elt);
13047 if (!CONSP (elt))
13048 goto invalid;
13049 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
13050 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
13051 if (!NILP (tem))
13052 {
13053 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
13054 if (!NILP (tem))
13055 {
13056 elt = XCAR (elt);
13057 goto tail_recurse;
13058 }
13059 }
13060 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
13061 Get the cddr of the original list
13062 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
13063 elt = XCDR (elt);
13064 if (NILP (elt))
13065 break;
13066 else if (!CONSP (elt))
13067 goto invalid;
13068 elt = XCAR (elt);
13069 goto tail_recurse;
13070 }
13071 else if (INTEGERP (car))
13072 {
13073 register int lim = XINT (car);
13074 elt = XCDR (elt);
13075 if (lim < 0)
13076 {
13077 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
13078 if (precision <= 0)
13079 precision = -lim;
13080 else
13081 precision = min (precision, -lim);
13082 }
13083 else if (lim > 0)
13084 {
13085 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
13086 current maximum. */
13087 if (precision > 0)
13088 lim = min (precision, lim);
13089
13090 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
13091 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
13092 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
13093 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
13094 }
13095 goto tail_recurse;
13096 }
13097 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
13098 {
13099 register int limit = 50;
13100 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
13101 while (CONSP (elt)
13102 && --limit > 0
13103 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
13104 {
13105 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
13106 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
13107 elt = XCDR (elt);
13108 }
13109 }
13110 }
13111 break;
13112
13113 default:
13114 invalid:
13115 if (frame_title_ptr)
13116 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
13117 else
13118 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
13119 precision - n, 0, 0);
13120 return n;
13121 }
13122
13123 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
13124 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
13125 {
13126 if (frame_title_ptr)
13127 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
13128 else
13129 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
13130 0, 0, 0);
13131 }
13132
13133 return n;
13134 }
13135
13136
13137 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
13138 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
13139
13140 static void
13141 pint2str (buf, width, d)
13142 register char *buf;
13143 register int width;
13144 register int d;
13145 {
13146 register char *p = buf;
13147
13148 if (d <= 0)
13149 *p++ = '0';
13150 else
13151 {
13152 while (d > 0)
13153 {
13154 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
13155 d /= 10;
13156 }
13157 }
13158
13159 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
13160 *p++ = ' ';
13161 *p-- = '\0';
13162 while (p > buf)
13163 {
13164 d = *buf;
13165 *buf++ = *p;
13166 *p-- = d;
13167 }
13168 }
13169
13170 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
13171 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
13172 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
13173
13174 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
13175
13176 static char *
13177 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
13178 Lisp_Object coding_system;
13179 register char *buf;
13180 int eol_flag;
13181 {
13182 Lisp_Object val;
13183 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
13184 unsigned char *eol_str;
13185 int eol_str_len;
13186 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
13187 Lisp_Object eoltype;
13188
13189 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
13190 eoltype = Qnil;
13191
13192 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
13193 {
13194 if (multibyte)
13195 *buf++ = '-';
13196 if (eol_flag)
13197 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13198 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
13199 }
13200 else
13201 {
13202 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
13203
13204 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
13205
13206 if (multibyte)
13207 *buf++ = XFASTINT (AREF (val, 1));
13208
13209 if (eol_flag)
13210 {
13211 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
13212
13213 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13214 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13215 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13216 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13217 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
13218 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
13219 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
13220 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
13221 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
13222 }
13223 }
13224
13225 if (eol_flag)
13226 {
13227 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
13228 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
13229 {
13230 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
13231 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
13232 }
13233 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
13234 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
13235 {
13236 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
13237 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
13238 }
13239 else
13240 {
13241 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
13242 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
13243 }
13244 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
13245 buf += eol_str_len;
13246 }
13247
13248 return buf;
13249 }
13250
13251 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
13252 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
13253 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
13254 string returned with spaces to that value. */
13255
13256 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
13257
13258 static char *
13259 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
13260 struct window *w;
13261 register int c;
13262 int field_width, precision;
13263 {
13264 Lisp_Object obj;
13265 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13266 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
13267 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
13268
13269 obj = Qnil;
13270
13271 switch (c)
13272 {
13273 case '*':
13274 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13275 return "%";
13276 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13277 return "*";
13278 return "-";
13279
13280 case '+':
13281 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
13282 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13283 return "*";
13284 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13285 return "%";
13286 return "-";
13287
13288 case '&':
13289 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
13290 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13291 return "*";
13292 return "-";
13293
13294 case '%':
13295 return "%";
13296
13297 case '[':
13298 {
13299 int i;
13300 char *p;
13301
13302 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13303 return "[[[... ";
13304 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13305 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13306 *p++ = '[';
13307 *p = 0;
13308 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13309 }
13310
13311 case ']':
13312 {
13313 int i;
13314 char *p;
13315
13316 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13317 return " ...]]]";
13318 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13319 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13320 *p++ = ']';
13321 *p = 0;
13322 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13323 }
13324
13325 case '-':
13326 {
13327 register int i;
13328
13329 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
13330 if (field_width <= 0
13331 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
13332 {
13333 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
13334 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
13335 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
13336 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13337 }
13338 else
13339 return lots_of_dashes;
13340 }
13341
13342 case 'b':
13343 obj = b->name;
13344 break;
13345
13346 case 'c':
13347 {
13348 int col = current_column ();
13349 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
13350 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
13351 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13352 }
13353
13354 case 'F':
13355 /* %F displays the frame name. */
13356 if (!NILP (f->title))
13357 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
13358 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13359 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
13360 return "Emacs";
13361
13362 case 'f':
13363 obj = b->filename;
13364 break;
13365
13366 case 'l':
13367 {
13368 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
13369 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
13370 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
13371 int nlines, junk;
13372 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
13373
13374 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
13375 don't forget that too fast. */
13376 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
13377 goto no_value;
13378 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
13379 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
13380 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13381
13382 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
13383 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
13384 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
13385 {
13386 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13387 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13388 goto no_value;
13389 }
13390
13391 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
13392 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
13393 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
13394 {
13395 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
13396 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
13397 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
13398 }
13399 else
13400 {
13401 line = 1;
13402 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
13403 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13404 }
13405
13406 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
13407 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
13408 startpos_byte,
13409 startpos, &junk);
13410
13411 topline = nlines + line;
13412
13413 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
13414 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
13415 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
13416 go back past it. */
13417 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13418 {
13419 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
13420 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
13421 }
13422 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
13423 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13424 {
13425 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
13426 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13427 int position;
13428 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
13429
13430 if (startpos - distance > limit)
13431 {
13432 limit = startpos - distance;
13433 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
13434 }
13435
13436 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13437 limit_byte,
13438 - (height * 2 + 30),
13439 &position);
13440 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
13441 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
13442 give up on line numbers for this window. */
13443 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
13444 {
13445 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
13446 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13447 goto no_value;
13448 }
13449
13450 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
13451 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
13452 }
13453
13454 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
13455 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13456 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
13457
13458 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
13459 line_number_displayed = 1;
13460
13461 /* Make the string to show. */
13462 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
13463 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13464 no_value:
13465 {
13466 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13467 int pad = field_width - 2;
13468 while (pad-- > 0)
13469 *p++ = ' ';
13470 *p++ = '?';
13471 *p++ = '?';
13472 *p = '\0';
13473 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13474 }
13475 }
13476 break;
13477
13478 case 'm':
13479 obj = b->mode_name;
13480 break;
13481
13482 case 'n':
13483 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
13484 return " Narrow";
13485 break;
13486
13487 case 'p':
13488 {
13489 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
13490 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13491
13492 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
13493 {
13494 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13495 return "All";
13496 else
13497 return "Bottom";
13498 }
13499 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13500 return "Top";
13501 else
13502 {
13503 if (total > 1000000)
13504 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13505 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13506 else
13507 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13508 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13509 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13510 if (total == 100)
13511 total = 99;
13512 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13513 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13514 }
13515 }
13516
13517 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
13518 case 'P':
13519 {
13520 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
13521 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
13522 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13523
13524 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
13525 {
13526 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13527 return "All";
13528 else
13529 return "Bottom";
13530 }
13531 else
13532 {
13533 if (total > 1000000)
13534 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13535 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13536 else
13537 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13538 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13539 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13540 if (total == 100)
13541 total = 99;
13542 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13543 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
13544 else
13545 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13546 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13547 }
13548 }
13549
13550 case 's':
13551 /* status of process */
13552 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
13553 if (NILP (obj))
13554 return "no process";
13555 #ifdef subprocesses
13556 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
13557 #endif
13558 break;
13559
13560 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
13561 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
13562 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
13563 #else
13564 return "T";
13565 #endif
13566
13567 case 'z':
13568 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
13569 case 'Z':
13570 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
13571 {
13572 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
13573 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13574
13575 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13576 {
13577 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
13578 to do EOL conversion. */
13579 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13580 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13581 }
13582 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
13583 p, eol_flag);
13584
13585 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
13586 #ifdef subprocesses
13587 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
13588 if (PROCESSP (obj))
13589 {
13590 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
13591 p, eol_flag);
13592 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
13593 p, eol_flag);
13594 }
13595 #endif /* subprocesses */
13596 #endif /* 0 */
13597 *p = 0;
13598 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13599 }
13600 }
13601
13602 if (STRINGP (obj))
13603 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
13604 else
13605 return "";
13606 }
13607
13608
13609 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
13610 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
13611 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
13612
13613 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
13614
13615 static int
13616 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
13617 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
13618 int *byte_pos_ptr;
13619 {
13620 register unsigned char *cursor;
13621 unsigned char *base;
13622
13623 register int ceiling;
13624 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
13625 int orig_count = count;
13626
13627 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
13628 check only for newlines. */
13629 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
13630 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
13631
13632 if (count > 0)
13633 {
13634 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
13635 {
13636 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
13637 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
13638 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
13639 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
13640 while (1)
13641 {
13642 if (selective_display)
13643 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13644 ;
13645 else
13646 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13647 ;
13648
13649 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13650 {
13651 if (--count == 0)
13652 {
13653 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13654 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13655 return orig_count;
13656 }
13657 else
13658 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
13659 break;
13660 }
13661 else
13662 break;
13663 }
13664 start_byte += cursor - base;
13665 }
13666 }
13667 else
13668 {
13669 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
13670 {
13671 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
13672 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
13673 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
13674 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
13675 while (1)
13676 {
13677 if (selective_display)
13678 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
13679 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
13680 ;
13681 else
13682 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
13683 ;
13684
13685 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13686 {
13687 if (++count == 0)
13688 {
13689 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13690 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13691 /* When scanning backwards, we should
13692 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
13693 return - orig_count - 1;
13694 }
13695 }
13696 else
13697 break;
13698 }
13699 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
13700 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
13701 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13702 }
13703 }
13704
13705 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
13706
13707 if (count < 0)
13708 return - orig_count + count;
13709 return orig_count - count;
13710
13711 }
13712
13713
13714 \f
13715 /***********************************************************************
13716 Displaying strings
13717 ***********************************************************************/
13718
13719 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
13720
13721 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
13722 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
13723
13724 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
13725 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
13726 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
13727
13728 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
13729 standard display table, temporarily.
13730
13731 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
13732 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
13733 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
13734 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
13735
13736 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
13737 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
13738
13739 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
13740
13741 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
13742 ----------------------------------------
13743 -1 -1 %s
13744 -1 10 %.10s
13745 10 -1 %10s
13746 20 10 %20.10s
13747
13748 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
13749 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
13750 enable_multibyte_characters.
13751
13752 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
13753
13754 static int
13755 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
13756 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
13757 unsigned char *string;
13758 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
13759 Lisp_Object face_string;
13760 int face_string_pos;
13761 int start;
13762 struct it *it;
13763 int field_width, precision, max_x;
13764 int multibyte;
13765 {
13766 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
13767 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
13768 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
13769
13770 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
13771 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
13772 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
13773 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
13774 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
13775 precision, field_width, multibyte);
13776
13777 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
13778 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
13779 if (STRINGP (face_string))
13780 {
13781 int endptr;
13782 struct face *face;
13783
13784 it->face_id
13785 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
13786 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
13787 it->region_end_charpos,
13788 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
13789 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
13790 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
13791 }
13792
13793 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
13794 beyond the right edge of the window. */
13795 if (max_x <= 0)
13796 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
13797 else
13798 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
13799
13800 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
13801 hscrolled. */
13802 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
13803 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
13804 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
13805
13806 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13807 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13808 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13809 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13810
13811 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
13812 past last_visible_x. */
13813 while (it->current_x < max_x)
13814 {
13815 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
13816
13817 /* Get the next display element. */
13818 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13819 break;
13820
13821 /* Produce glyphs. */
13822 x_before = it->current_x;
13823 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13824 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13825
13826 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13827 i = 0;
13828 x = x_before;
13829 while (i < nglyphs)
13830 {
13831 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13832
13833 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
13834 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
13835 {
13836 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
13837 if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph))
13838 {
13839 /* A wide character is unbreakable. */
13840 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
13841 it->current_x = x_before;
13842 }
13843 else
13844 {
13845 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13846 it->current_x = x;
13847 }
13848 break;
13849 }
13850 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
13851 {
13852 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
13853 ++it->hpos;
13854 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13855 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13856 }
13857 else
13858 {
13859 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
13860 Should not happen. */
13861 abort ();
13862 }
13863
13864 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13865 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13866 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13867 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13868 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13869 x += glyph->pixel_width;
13870 ++i;
13871 }
13872
13873 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
13874 if (i < nglyphs)
13875 break;
13876
13877 /* Stop at line ends. */
13878 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13879 {
13880 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13881 break;
13882 }
13883
13884 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13885
13886 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
13887 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13888 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13889 {
13890 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
13891 truncated at a padding space. */
13892 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
13893 {
13894 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13895 {
13896 int i, n;
13897
13898 if (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)
13899 {
13900 for (i = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; i > 0; --i)
13901 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i]))
13902 break;
13903 for (n = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i < n; ++i)
13904 {
13905 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i;
13906 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13907 }
13908 }
13909 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13910 }
13911 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13912 }
13913 break;
13914 }
13915 }
13916
13917 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
13918 if (it->first_visible_x
13919 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
13920 {
13921 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13922 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13923 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13924 }
13925
13926 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
13927
13928 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
13929 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
13930 }
13931
13932
13933 \f
13934 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
13935 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
13936 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
13937 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
13938 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13939
13940 int
13941 invisible_p (propval, list)
13942 register Lisp_Object propval;
13943 Lisp_Object list;
13944 {
13945 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13946
13947 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13948 {
13949 register Lisp_Object tem;
13950 tem = XCAR (tail);
13951 if (EQ (propval, tem))
13952 return 1;
13953 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13954 return 1;
13955 }
13956
13957 if (CONSP (propval))
13958 {
13959 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13960 {
13961 Lisp_Object propelt;
13962 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13963 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13964 {
13965 register Lisp_Object tem;
13966 tem = XCAR (tail);
13967 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
13968 return 1;
13969 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13970 return 1;
13971 }
13972 }
13973 }
13974
13975 return 0;
13976 }
13977
13978
13979 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
13980 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
13981 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
13982 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
13983 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13984
13985 int
13986 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
13987 register Lisp_Object propval;
13988 Lisp_Object list;
13989 {
13990 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13991
13992 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13993 {
13994 register Lisp_Object tem;
13995 tem = XCAR (tail);
13996 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13997 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13998 }
13999
14000 if (CONSP (propval))
14001 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
14002 {
14003 Lisp_Object propelt;
14004 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
14005 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
14006 {
14007 register Lisp_Object tem;
14008 tem = XCAR (tail);
14009 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
14010 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
14011 }
14012 }
14013
14014 return 0;
14015 }
14016
14017
14018 \f
14019 /***********************************************************************
14020 Initialization
14021 ***********************************************************************/
14022
14023 void
14024 syms_of_xdisp ()
14025 {
14026 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
14027 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
14028
14029 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
14030 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
14031
14032 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
14033 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
14034
14035 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
14036 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
14037 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
14038 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
14039 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
14040 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
14041 #endif
14042 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14043 defsubr (&Stool_bar_lines_needed);
14044 #endif
14045
14046 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
14047 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
14048
14049 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
14050 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
14051
14052 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
14053 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
14054
14055 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
14056 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
14057
14058 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
14059 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
14060
14061 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
14062 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
14063
14064 QCdata = intern (":data");
14065 staticpro (&QCdata);
14066 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
14067 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
14068 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
14069 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
14070 Qraise = intern ("raise");
14071 staticpro (&Qraise);
14072 Qspace = intern ("space");
14073 staticpro (&Qspace);
14074 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
14075 staticpro (&Qmargin);
14076 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
14077 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
14078 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
14079 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
14080 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
14081 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
14082 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
14083 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
14084 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
14085 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
14086 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
14087 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
14088 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
14089 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
14090 QCeval = intern (":eval");
14091 staticpro (&QCeval);
14092 Qwhen = intern ("when");
14093 staticpro (&Qwhen);
14094 QCfile = intern (":file");
14095 staticpro (&QCfile);
14096 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
14097 staticpro (&Qfontified);
14098 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
14099 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
14100 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
14101 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
14102 Qimage = intern ("image");
14103 staticpro (&Qimage);
14104 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
14105 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
14106 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
14107 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
14108 Qinhibit_menubar_update = intern ("inhibit-menubar-update");
14109 staticpro (&Qinhibit_menubar_update);
14110
14111 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
14112 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
14113 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
14114 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
14115
14116 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
14117 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
14118 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
14119
14120 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
14121 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
14122 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
14123
14124 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
14125 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
14126
14127 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
14128 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
14129 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
14130 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
14131
14132 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
14133 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
14134 This is used for internal purposes.");
14135 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
14136
14137 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
14138 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
14139 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
14140
14141 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
14142 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
14143 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
14144 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
14145 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
14146
14147 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
14148 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
14149 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
14150
14151 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
14152 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
14153 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
14154 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.\n\
14155 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set\n\
14156 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1.");
14157
14158 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
14159 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.\n\
14160 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically\n\
14161 in the window.");
14162 scroll_conservatively = 0;
14163
14164 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
14165 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
14166 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
14167 of the top or bottom of the window.");
14168 scroll_margin = 0;
14169
14170 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
14171 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
14172 #endif
14173
14174 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
14175 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
14176 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
14177 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
14178
14179 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
14180 "nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.\n\
14181 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',\n\
14182 `header-line', or `menu' respectively.\n\
14183 \n\
14184 This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead.");
14185 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
14186
14187 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
14188 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
14189 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
14190 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit.");
14191 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
14192
14193 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
14194 &line_number_display_limit_width,
14195 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
14196 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
14197 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
14198 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
14199
14200 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
14201 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
14202 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
14203
14204 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
14205 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
14206 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
14207 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
14208 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
14209
14210 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
14211 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
14212 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14213 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14214 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14215 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14216 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
14217 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
14218 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
14219 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
14220 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
14221 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
14222 Vicon_title_format
14223 = Vframe_title_format
14224 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
14225 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
14226 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
14227 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
14228 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
14229 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
14230 Qnil)))),
14231 Qnil)));
14232
14233 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
14234 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
14235 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
14236 the buffer when it becomes large.");
14237 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
14238
14239 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
14240 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
14241 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
14242 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
14243 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
14244 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
14245 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
14246
14247 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
14248 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
14249 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
14250 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
14251 is not valid when these functions are called.");
14252 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
14253
14254 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
14255 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
14256 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
14257 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
14258 otherwise.");
14259 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
14260
14261 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
14262 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
14263 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
14264
14265 DEFVAR_LISP ("tool-bar-button-margin", &Vtool_bar_button_margin,
14266 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.\n\
14267 If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins.\n\
14268 Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ : VERT)' with\n\
14269 HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the\n\
14270 vertical margin.");
14271 Vtool_bar_button_margin = make_number (DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN);
14272
14273 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
14274 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
14275 tool_bar_button_relief = DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
14276
14277 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
14278 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
14279 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
14280 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
14281 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
14282 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
14283 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
14284 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
14285
14286 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
14287 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
14288 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
14289 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
14290 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
14291 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
14292 displayed according to the current fontset.");
14293 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
14294
14295 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
14296 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
14297 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
14298 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.");
14299 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
14300
14301 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
14302 "*How to resize mini-windows.\n\
14303 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.\n\
14304 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.\n\
14305 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow\n\
14306 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows\n\
14307 go back to their normal size.");
14308 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
14309
14310 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
14311 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
14312 "*Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.\n\
14313 Nil means don't display a cursor there.");
14314 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
14315
14316 DEFVAR_BOOL ("automatic-hscrolling", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
14317 "*Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.");
14318 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
14319
14320 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
14321 "List of supported image types.\n\
14322 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type.");
14323 Vimage_types = Qnil;
14324
14325 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
14326 "If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.\n\
14327 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.");
14328 message_truncate_lines = 0;
14329
14330 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
14331 "Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.\n\
14332 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary.");
14333 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
14334
14335 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inhibit-menubar-update", &inhibit_menubar_update,
14336 "Non-nil means don't update menu bars. Internal use only.");
14337 inhibit_menubar_update = 0;
14338 }
14339
14340
14341 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
14342
14343 void
14344 init_xdisp ()
14345 {
14346 Lisp_Object root_window;
14347 struct window *mini_w;
14348
14349 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
14350
14351 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
14352
14353 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
14354 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
14355
14356 if (!noninteractive)
14357 {
14358 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
14359 int i;
14360
14361 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
14362 set_window_height (root_window,
14363 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
14364 0);
14365 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
14366 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
14367
14368 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14369 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14370
14371 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
14372 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
14373 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
14374
14375 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
14376 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
14377 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
14378 }
14379
14380 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14381 {
14382 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
14383 int size = 100;
14384 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
14385 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
14386 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14387 }
14388 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14389
14390 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
14391 }
14392
14393